]> Dogcows Code - chaz/tar/blob - doc/tar.texi
0340802f0e8b3d7090e7cadea43867d0e4b60c6b
[chaz/tar] / doc / tar.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename tar.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle GNU tar @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @smallbook
11 @c %**end of header
12
13 @include rendition.texi
14 @include value.texi
15
16 @c Put everything in one index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index).
17 @syncodeindex fn cp
18 @syncodeindex ky cp
19 @syncodeindex pg cp
20 @syncodeindex vr cp
21
22 @defindex op
23 @syncodeindex op cp
24
25 @copying
26
27 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} @command{tar} (version
28 @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), which creates and extracts files
29 from archives.
30
31 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001,
32 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
33
34 @quotation
35 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
36 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
37 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
38 Invariant Sections being "GNU General Public License", with the
39 Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts
40 as in (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section
41 entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
42
43 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You are free to copy and modify
44 this GNU Manual. Buying copies from GNU Press supports the FSF in
45 developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
46 @end quotation
47 @end copying
48
49 @dircategory Archiving
50 @direntry
51 * Tar: (tar). Making tape (or disk) archives.
52 @end direntry
53
54 @dircategory Individual utilities
55 @direntry
56 * tar: (tar)tar invocation. Invoking @GNUTAR{}.
57 @end direntry
58
59 @shorttitlepage @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
60
61 @titlepage
62 @title @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
63 @subtitle @value{RENDITION} @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
64 @author John Gilmore, Jay Fenlason et al.
65
66 @page
67 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
68 @insertcopying
69 @end titlepage
70
71 @ifnottex
72 @node Top
73 @top @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
74
75 @insertcopying
76
77 @cindex file archival
78 @cindex archiving files
79
80 The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info
81 document. The rest of the menu lists all the lower level nodes.
82 @end ifnottex
83
84 @c The master menu, created with texinfo-master-menu, goes here.
85 @c (However, getdate.texi's menu is interpolated by hand.)
86
87 @menu
88 * Introduction::
89 * Tutorial::
90 * tar invocation::
91 * operations::
92 * Backups::
93 * Choosing::
94 * Date input formats::
95 * Formats::
96 * Media::
97
98 Appendices
99
100 * Genfile::
101 * Snapshot Files::
102 * Free Software Needs Free Documentation::
103 * Copying This Manual::
104 * Index::
105
106 @detailmenu
107 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
108
109 Introduction
110
111 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
112 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
113 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
114 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
115 * Current status:: Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
116 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
117 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
118
119 Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
120
121 * assumptions::
122 * stylistic conventions::
123 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
124 * frequent operations::
125 * Two Frequent Options::
126 * create:: How to Create Archives
127 * list:: How to List Archives
128 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
129 * going further::
130
131 Two Frequently Used Options
132
133 * file tutorial::
134 * verbose tutorial::
135 * help tutorial::
136
137 How to Create Archives
138
139 * prepare for examples::
140 * Creating the archive::
141 * create verbose::
142 * short create::
143 * create dir::
144
145 How to List Archives
146
147 * list dir::
148
149 How to Extract Members from an Archive
150
151 * extracting archives::
152 * extracting files::
153 * extract dir::
154 * failing commands::
155
156 Invoking @GNUTAR{}
157
158 * Synopsis::
159 * using tar options::
160 * Styles::
161 * All Options::
162 * help::
163 * verbose::
164 * interactive::
165
166 The Three Option Styles
167
168 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
169 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
170 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
171 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
172
173 All @command{tar} Options
174
175 * Operation Summary::
176 * Option Summary::
177 * Short Option Summary::
178
179 @GNUTAR{} Operations
180
181 * Basic tar::
182 * Advanced tar::
183 * create options::
184 * extract options::
185 * backup::
186 * Applications::
187 * looking ahead::
188
189 Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
190
191 * Operations::
192 * append::
193 * update::
194 * concatenate::
195 * delete::
196 * compare::
197
198 How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
199
200 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
201 * multiple::
202
203 Updating an Archive
204
205 * how to update::
206
207 Options Used by @option{--create}
208
209 * Ignore Failed Read::
210
211 Options Used by @option{--extract}
212
213 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
214 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
215 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
216
217 Options to Help Read Archives
218
219 * read full records::
220 * Ignore Zeros::
221
222 Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
223
224 * Dealing with Old Files::
225 * Overwrite Old Files::
226 * Keep Old Files::
227 * Keep Newer Files::
228 * Unlink First::
229 * Recursive Unlink::
230 * Modification Times::
231 * Setting Access Permissions::
232 * Writing to Standard Output::
233 * remove files::
234
235 Coping with Scarce Resources
236
237 * Starting File::
238 * Same Order::
239
240 Performing Backups and Restoring Files
241
242 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
243 * Inc Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
244 * incremental and listed-incremental:: The Incremental Options
245 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
246 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
247 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
248 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
249
250 Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
251
252 * General-Purpose Variables::
253 * Magnetic Tape Control::
254 * User Hooks::
255 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
256
257 Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
258
259 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
260 * Selecting Archive Members::
261 * files:: Reading Names from a File
262 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
263 * Wildcards::
264 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
265 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
266 * one:: Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
267
268 Reading Names from a File
269
270 * nul::
271
272 Excluding Some Files
273
274 * controlling pattern-patching with exclude::
275 * problems with exclude::
276
277 Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
278
279 * directory:: Changing Directory
280 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
281
282 Date input formats
283
284 * General date syntax:: Common rules.
285 * Calendar date items:: 19 Dec 1994.
286 * Time of day items:: 9:20pm.
287 * Time zone items:: @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}, ...
288 * Day of week items:: Monday and others.
289 * Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
290 * Pure numbers in date strings:: 19931219, 1440.
291 * Seconds since the Epoch:: @@1078100502.
292 * Authors of get_date:: Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
293
294 Controlling the Archive Format
295
296 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
297 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
298 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
299 * Standard:: The Standard Format
300 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
301 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
302
303 Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
304
305 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
306 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
307 * old:: Old V7 Archives
308 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
309 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
310 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
311
312 Using Less Space through Compression
313
314 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
315 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
316
317 Tapes and Other Archive Media
318
319 * Device:: Device selection and switching
320 * Remote Tape Server::
321 * Common Problems and Solutions::
322 * Blocking:: Blocking
323 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
324 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
325 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
326 * verify::
327 * Write Protection::
328
329 Blocking
330
331 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
332 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
333
334 Many Archives on One Tape
335
336 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
337 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
338
339 Using Multiple Tapes
340
341 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
342 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
343
344 GNU tar internals and development
345
346 * Genfile::
347 * Snapshot Files::
348
349 Copying This Manual
350
351 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
352
353 @end detailmenu
354 @end menu
355
356 @node Introduction
357 @chapter Introduction
358
359 @GNUTAR{} creates
360 and manipulates @dfn{archives} which are actually collections of
361 many other files; the program provides users with an organized and
362 systematic method for controlling a large amount of data.
363 The name ``tar'' originally came from the phrase ``Tape ARchive'', but
364 archives need not (and these days, typically do not) reside on tapes.
365
366 @menu
367 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
368 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
369 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
370 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
371 * Current status:: Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
372 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
373 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
374 @end menu
375
376 @node Book Contents
377 @section What this Book Contains
378
379 The first part of this chapter introduces you to various terms that will
380 recur throughout the book. It also tells you who has worked on @GNUTAR{}
381 and its documentation, and where you should send bug reports
382 or comments.
383
384 The second chapter is a tutorial (@pxref{Tutorial}) which provides a
385 gentle introduction for people who are new to using @command{tar}. It is
386 meant to be self contained, not requiring any reading from subsequent
387 chapters to make sense. It moves from topic to topic in a logical,
388 progressive order, building on information already explained.
389
390 Although the tutorial is paced and structured to allow beginners to
391 learn how to use @command{tar}, it is not intended solely for beginners.
392 The tutorial explains how to use the three most frequently used
393 operations (@samp{create}, @samp{list}, and @samp{extract}) as well as
394 two frequently used options (@samp{file} and @samp{verbose}). The other
395 chapters do not refer to the tutorial frequently; however, if a section
396 discusses something which is a complex variant of a basic concept, there
397 may be a cross reference to that basic concept. (The entire book,
398 including the tutorial, assumes that the reader understands some basic
399 concepts of using a Unix-type operating system; @pxref{Tutorial}.)
400
401 The third chapter presents the remaining five operations, and
402 information about using @command{tar} options and option syntax.
403
404 @FIXME{this sounds more like a @acronym{GNU} Project Manuals Concept [tm] more
405 than the reality. should think about whether this makes sense to say
406 here, or not.} The other chapters are meant to be used as a
407 reference. Each chapter presents everything that needs to be said
408 about a specific topic.
409
410 One of the chapters (@pxref{Date input formats}) exists in its
411 entirety in other @acronym{GNU} manuals, and is mostly self-contained.
412 In addition, one section of this manual (@pxref{Standard}) contains a
413 big quote which is taken directly from @command{tar} sources.
414
415 In general, we give both long and short (abbreviated) option names
416 at least once in each section where the relevant option is covered, so
417 that novice readers will become familiar with both styles. (A few
418 options have no short versions, and the relevant sections will
419 indicate this.)
420
421 @node Definitions
422 @section Some Definitions
423
424 @cindex archive
425 @cindex tar archive
426 The @command{tar} program is used to create and manipulate @command{tar}
427 archives. An @dfn{archive} is a single file which contains the contents
428 of many files, while still identifying the names of the files, their
429 owner(s), and so forth. (In addition, archives record access
430 permissions, user and group, size in bytes, and last modification time.
431 Some archives also record the file names in each archived directory, as
432 well as other file and directory information.) You can use @command{tar}
433 to @dfn{create} a new archive in a specified directory.
434
435 @cindex member
436 @cindex archive member
437 @cindex file name
438 @cindex member name
439 The files inside an archive are called @dfn{members}. Within this
440 manual, we use the term @dfn{file} to refer only to files accessible in
441 the normal ways (by @command{ls}, @command{cat}, and so forth), and the term
442 @dfn{member} to refer only to the members of an archive. Similarly, a
443 @dfn{file name} is the name of a file, as it resides in the filesystem,
444 and a @dfn{member name} is the name of an archive member within the
445 archive.
446
447 @cindex extraction
448 @cindex unpacking
449 The term @dfn{extraction} refers to the process of copying an archive
450 member (or multiple members) into a file in the filesystem. Extracting
451 all the members of an archive is often called @dfn{extracting the
452 archive}. The term @dfn{unpack} can also be used to refer to the
453 extraction of many or all the members of an archive. Extracting an
454 archive does not destroy the archive's structure, just as creating an
455 archive does not destroy the copies of the files that exist outside of
456 the archive. You may also @dfn{list} the members in a given archive
457 (this is often thought of as ``printing'' them to the standard output,
458 or the command line), or @dfn{append} members to a pre-existing archive.
459 All of these operations can be performed using @command{tar}.
460
461 @node What tar Does
462 @section What @command{tar} Does
463
464 @cindex tar
465 The @command{tar} program provides the ability to create @command{tar}
466 archives, as well as various other kinds of manipulation. For example,
467 you can use @command{tar} on previously created archives to extract files,
468 to store additional files, or to update or list files which were already
469 stored.
470
471 Initially, @command{tar} archives were used to store files conveniently on
472 magnetic tape. The name @command{tar} comes from this use; it stands for
473 @code{t}ape @code{ar}chiver. Despite the utility's name, @command{tar} can
474 direct its output to available devices, files, or other programs (using
475 pipes). @command{tar} may even access remote devices or files (as archives).
476
477 @FIXME{the following table entries need a bit of work..}
478
479 You can use @command{tar} archives in many ways. We want to stress a few
480 of them: storage, backup, and transportation.
481
482 @table @asis
483 @item Storage
484 Often, @command{tar} archives are used to store related files for
485 convenient file transfer over a network. For example, the
486 @acronym{GNU} Project distributes its software bundled into
487 @command{tar} archives, so that all the files relating to a particular
488 program (or set of related programs) can be transferred as a single
489 unit.
490
491 A magnetic tape can store several files in sequence. However, the tape
492 has no names for these files; it only knows their relative position on
493 the tape. One way to store several files on one tape and retain their
494 names is by creating a @command{tar} archive. Even when the basic transfer
495 mechanism can keep track of names, as FTP can, the nuisance of handling
496 multiple files, directories, and multiple links makes @command{tar}
497 archives useful.
498
499 Archive files are also used for long-term storage. You can think of
500 this as transportation from the present into the future. (It is a
501 science-fiction idiom that you can move through time as well as in
502 space; the idea here is that @command{tar} can be used to move archives in
503 all dimensions, even time!)
504
505 @item Backup
506 Because the archive created by @command{tar} is capable of preserving
507 file information and directory structure, @command{tar} is commonly
508 used for performing full and incremental backups of disks. A backup
509 puts a collection of files (possibly pertaining to many users and
510 projects) together on a disk or a tape. This guards against
511 accidental destruction of the information in those files.
512 @GNUTAR{} has special features that allow it to be
513 used to make incremental and full dumps of all the files in a
514 filesystem.
515
516 @item Transportation
517 You can create an archive on one system, transfer it to another system,
518 and extract the contents there. This allows you to transport a group of
519 files from one system to another.
520 @end table
521
522 @node Naming tar Archives
523 @section How @command{tar} Archives are Named
524
525 Conventionally, @command{tar} archives are given names ending with
526 @samp{.tar}. This is not necessary for @command{tar} to operate properly,
527 but this manual follows that convention in order to accustom readers to
528 it and to make examples more clear.
529
530 @cindex tar file
531 @cindex entry
532 @cindex tar entry
533 Often, people refer to @command{tar} archives as ``@command{tar} files,'' and
534 archive members as ``files'' or ``entries''. For people familiar with
535 the operation of @command{tar}, this causes no difficulty. However, in
536 this manual, we consistently refer to ``archives'' and ``archive
537 members'' to make learning to use @command{tar} easier for novice users.
538
539 @node Current status
540 @section Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
541
542 @GNUTAR{} is currently in the process of active development, whose
543 primary aims are:
544
545 @itemize @bullet
546 @item Improve compatibility between @GNUTAR{} and other @command{tar}
547 implementations.
548 @item Switch to using @acronym{POSIX} archives.
549 @item Revise sparse file handling and multiple volume processing.
550 @item Merge with the @acronym{GNU} @code{paxutils} project.
551 @end itemize
552
553 Some of these aims are already attained, while others are still
554 being worked upon. From the point of view of an end user, the
555 following issues need special mentioning:
556
557 @table @asis
558 @item Use of short option @option{-o}.
559
560 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-o} command line
561 option as a synonym for @option{--old-archive}.
562
563 @GNUTAR{} starting from version 1.13.90 understands this option as
564 a synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}. This is compatible with
565 UNIX98 @command{tar} implementations.
566
567 However, to facilitate transition, @option{-o} option retains its
568 old semantics when it is used with one of archive-creation commands.
569 Users are encouraged to use @value{op-format-oldgnu} instead.
570
571 It is especially important, since versions of @acronym{GNU} Automake
572 up to and including 1.8.4 invoke tar with this option to produce
573 distribution tarballs. @xref{Formats,v7}, for the detailed discussion
574 of this issue and its implications.
575
576 Future versions of @GNUTAR{} will understand @option{-o} only as a
577 synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}.
578
579 @item Use of short option @option{-l}
580
581 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} option as a
582 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Such usage is deprecated.
583 For compatibility with other implementations future versions of
584 @GNUTAR{} will understand this option as a synonym for
585 @option{--check-links}.
586
587 @item Use of options @option{--portability} and @option{--old-archive}
588
589 These options are deprecated. Please use @option{--format=v7} instead.
590
591 @item Use of option @option{--posix}
592
593 This option is deprecated. Please use @option{--format=posix} instead.
594 @end table
595
596 @node Authors
597 @section @GNUTAR{} Authors
598
599 @GNUTAR{} was originally written by John Gilmore,
600 and modified by many people. The @acronym{GNU} enhancements were
601 written by Jay Fenlason, then Joy Kendall, and the whole package has
602 been further maintained by Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Fran@,{c}ois
603 Pinard, Paul Eggert, and finally Sergey Poznyakoff with the help of
604 numerous and kind users.
605
606 We wish to stress that @command{tar} is a collective work, and owes much to
607 all those people who reported problems, offered solutions and other
608 insights, or shared their thoughts and suggestions. An impressive, yet
609 partial list of those contributors can be found in the @file{THANKS}
610 file from the @GNUTAR{} distribution.
611
612 @FIXME{i want all of these names mentioned, Absolutely. BUT, i'm not
613 sure i want to spell out the history in this detail, at least not for
614 the printed book. i'm just not sure it needs to be said this way.
615 i'll think about it.}
616
617 @FIXME{History is more important, and surely more interesting, than
618 actual names. Quoting names without history would be meaningless. FP}
619
620 Jay Fenlason put together a draft of a @GNUTAR{}
621 manual, borrowing notes from the original man page from John Gilmore.
622 This was withdrawn in version 1.11. Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG and Amy
623 Gorin worked on a tutorial and manual for @GNUTAR{}.
624 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard put version 1.11.8 of the manual together by
625 taking information from all these sources and merging them. Melissa
626 Weisshaus finally edited and redesigned the book to create version
627 1.12. @FIXME{update version number as necessary; i'm being
628 optimistic!} @FIXME{Someone [maybe karl berry? maybe bob chassell?
629 maybe melissa? maybe julie sussman?] needs to properly index the
630 thing.}
631
632 For version 1.12, Daniel Hagerty contributed a great deal of technical
633 consulting. In particular, he is the primary author of @ref{Backups}.
634
635 In July, 2003 @GNUTAR{} was put on CVS at savannah.gnu.org
636 (see @url{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/tar}), and
637 active development and maintenance work has started
638 again. Currently @GNUTAR{} is being maintained by Paul Eggert, Sergey
639 Poznyakoff and Jeff Bailey.
640
641 Support for @acronym{POSIX} archives was added by Sergey Poznyakoff.
642
643 @node Reports
644 @section Reporting bugs or suggestions
645
646 @cindex bug reports
647 @cindex reporting bugs
648 If you find problems or have suggestions about this program or manual,
649 please report them to @file{bug-tar@@gnu.org}.
650
651 When reporting a bug, please be sure to include as much detail as
652 possible, in order to reproduce it. @FIXME{Be more specific, I'd
653 like to make this node as detailed as 'Bug reporting' node in Emacs
654 manual}.
655
656 @node Tutorial
657 @chapter Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
658
659 This chapter guides you through some basic examples of three @command{tar}
660 operations: @option{--create}, @option{--list}, and @option{--extract}. If
661 you already know how to use some other version of @command{tar}, then you
662 may not need to read this chapter. This chapter omits most complicated
663 details about how @command{tar} works.
664
665 @menu
666 * assumptions::
667 * stylistic conventions::
668 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
669 * frequent operations::
670 * Two Frequent Options::
671 * create:: How to Create Archives
672 * list:: How to List Archives
673 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
674 * going further::
675 @end menu
676
677 @node assumptions
678 @section Assumptions this Tutorial Makes
679
680 This chapter is paced to allow beginners to learn about @command{tar}
681 slowly. At the same time, we will try to cover all the basic aspects of
682 these three operations. In order to accomplish both of these tasks, we
683 have made certain assumptions about your knowledge before reading this
684 manual, and the hardware you will be using:
685
686 @itemize @bullet
687 @item
688 Before you start to work through this tutorial, you should understand
689 what the terms ``archive'' and ``archive member'' mean
690 (@pxref{Definitions}). In addition, you should understand something
691 about how Unix-type operating systems work, and you should know how to
692 use some basic utilities. For example, you should know how to create,
693 list, copy, rename, edit, and delete files and directories; how to
694 change between directories; and how to figure out where you are in the
695 filesystem. You should have some basic understanding of directory
696 structure and how files are named according to which directory they are
697 in. You should understand concepts such as standard output and standard
698 input, what various definitions of the term ``argument'' mean, and the
699 differences between relative and absolute path names. @FIXME{and what
700 else?}
701
702 @item
703 This manual assumes that you are working from your own home directory
704 (unless we state otherwise). In this tutorial, you will create a
705 directory to practice @command{tar} commands in. When we show path names,
706 we will assume that those paths are relative to your home directory.
707 For example, my home directory path is @file{/home/fsf/melissa}. All of
708 my examples are in a subdirectory of the directory named by that path
709 name; the subdirectory is called @file{practice}.
710
711 @item
712 In general, we show examples of archives which exist on (or can be
713 written to, or worked with from) a directory on a hard disk. In most
714 cases, you could write those archives to, or work with them on any other
715 device, such as a tape drive. However, some of the later examples in
716 the tutorial and next chapter will not work on tape drives.
717 Additionally, working with tapes is much more complicated than working
718 with hard disks. For these reasons, the tutorial does not cover working
719 with tape drives. @xref{Media}, for complete information on using
720 @command{tar} archives with tape drives.
721
722 @FIXME{this is a cop out. need to add some simple tape drive info.}
723 @end itemize
724
725 @node stylistic conventions
726 @section Stylistic Conventions
727
728 In the examples, @samp{$} represents a typical shell prompt. It
729 precedes lines you should type; to make this more clear, those lines are
730 shown in @kbd{this font}, as opposed to lines which represent the
731 computer's response; those lines are shown in @code{this font}, or
732 sometimes @samp{like this}.
733
734 @c When we have lines which are too long to be
735 @c displayed in any other way, we will show them like this:
736
737 @node basic tar options
738 @section Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
739
740 @command{tar} can take a wide variety of arguments which specify and define
741 the actions it will have on the particular set of files or the archive.
742 The main types of arguments to @command{tar} fall into one of two classes:
743 operations, and options.
744
745 Some arguments fall into a class called @dfn{operations}; exactly one of
746 these is both allowed and required for any instance of using @command{tar};
747 you may @emph{not} specify more than one. People sometimes speak of
748 @dfn{operating modes}. You are in a particular operating mode when you
749 have specified the operation which specifies it; there are eight
750 operations in total, and thus there are eight operating modes.
751
752 The other arguments fall into the class known as @dfn{options}. You are
753 not required to specify any options, and you are allowed to specify more
754 than one at a time (depending on the way you are using @command{tar} at
755 that time). Some options are used so frequently, and are so useful for
756 helping you type commands more carefully that they are effectively
757 ``required''. We will discuss them in this chapter.
758
759 You can write most of the @command{tar} operations and options in any
760 of three forms: long (mnemonic) form, short form, and old style. Some
761 of the operations and options have no short or ``old'' forms; however,
762 the operations and options which we will cover in this tutorial have
763 corresponding abbreviations. @FIXME{make sure this is still the case,
764 at the end}We will indicate those abbreviations appropriately to get
765 you used to seeing them. (Note that the ``old style'' option forms
766 exist in @GNUTAR{} for compatibility with Unix
767 @command{tar}. We present a full discussion of this way of writing
768 options and operations appears in @ref{Old Options}, and we discuss
769 the other two styles of writing options in @ref{Mnemonic Options}, and
770 @ref{Short Options}.)
771
772 In the examples and in the text of this tutorial, we usually use the
773 long forms of operations and options; but the ``short'' forms produce
774 the same result and can make typing long @command{tar} commands easier.
775 For example, instead of typing
776
777 @smallexample
778 @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
779 @end smallexample
780
781 @noindent
782 you can type
783 @smallexample
784 @kbd{tar -c -v -f afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
785 @end smallexample
786
787 @noindent
788 or even
789 @smallexample
790 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
791 @end smallexample
792
793 @noindent
794 For more information on option syntax, see @ref{Advanced tar}. In
795 discussions in the text, when we name an option by its long form, we
796 also give the corresponding short option in parentheses.
797
798 The term, ``option'', can be confusing at times, since ``operations''
799 are often lumped in with the actual, @emph{optional} ``options'' in certain
800 general class statements. For example, we just talked about ``short and
801 long forms of options and operations''. However, experienced @command{tar}
802 users often refer to these by shorthand terms such as, ``short and long
803 options''. This term assumes that the ``operations'' are included, also.
804 Context will help you determine which definition of ``options'' to use.
805
806 Similarly, the term ``command'' can be confusing, as it is often used in
807 two different ways. People sometimes refer to @command{tar} ``commands''.
808 A @command{tar} @dfn{command} is the entire command line of user input
809 which tells @command{tar} what to do --- including the operation, options,
810 and any arguments (file names, pipes, other commands, etc). However,
811 you will also sometimes hear the term ``the @command{tar} command''. When
812 the word ``command'' is used specifically like this, a person is usually
813 referring to the @command{tar} @emph{operation}, not the whole line.
814 Again, use context to figure out which of the meanings the speaker
815 intends.
816
817 @node frequent operations
818 @section The Three Most Frequently Used Operations
819
820 Here are the three most frequently used operations (both short and long
821 forms), as well as a brief description of their meanings. The rest of
822 this chapter will cover how to use these operations in detail. We will
823 present the rest of the operations in the next chapter.
824
825 @table @option
826 @item --create
827 @itemx -c
828 Create a new @command{tar} archive.
829 @item --list
830 @itemx -t
831 List the contents of an archive.
832 @item --extract
833 @itemx -x
834 Extract one or more members from an archive.
835 @end table
836
837 @node Two Frequent Options
838 @section Two Frequently Used Options
839
840 To understand how to run @command{tar} in the three operating modes listed
841 previously, you also need to understand how to use two of the options to
842 @command{tar}: @option{--file} (which takes an archive file as an argument)
843 and @option{--verbose}. (You are usually not @emph{required} to specify
844 either of these options when you run @command{tar}, but they can be very
845 useful in making things more clear and helping you avoid errors.)
846
847 @menu
848 * file tutorial::
849 * verbose tutorial::
850 * help tutorial::
851 @end menu
852
853 @node file tutorial
854 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--file} Option
855
856 @table @option
857 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
858 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
859 Specify the name of an archive file.
860 @end table
861
862 You can specify an argument for the @value{op-file} option whenever you
863 use @command{tar}; this option determines the name of the archive file
864 that @command{tar} will work on.
865
866 If you don't specify this argument, then @command{tar} will use a
867 default, usually some physical tape drive attached to your machine.
868 If there is no tape drive attached, or the default is not meaningful,
869 then @command{tar} will print an error message. The error message might
870 look roughly like one of the following:
871
872 @smallexample
873 tar: can't open /dev/rmt8 : No such device or address
874 tar: can't open /dev/rsmt0 : I/O error
875 @end smallexample
876
877 @noindent
878 To avoid confusion, we recommend that you always specify an archive file
879 name by using @value{op-file} when writing your @command{tar} commands.
880 For more information on using the @value{op-file} option, see
881 @ref{file}.
882
883 @node verbose tutorial
884 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--verbose} Option
885
886 @table @option
887 @item --verbose
888 @itemx -v
889 Show the files being worked on as @command{tar} is running.
890 @end table
891
892 @value{op-verbose} shows details about the results of running
893 @command{tar}. This can be especially useful when the results might not be
894 obvious. For example, if you want to see the progress of @command{tar} as
895 it writes files into the archive, you can use the @option{--verbose}
896 option. In the beginning, you may find it useful to use
897 @option{--verbose} at all times; when you are more accustomed to
898 @command{tar}, you will likely want to use it at certain times but not at
899 others. We will use @option{--verbose} at times to help make something
900 clear, and we will give many examples both using and not using
901 @option{--verbose} to show the differences.
902
903 Sometimes, a single instance of @option{--verbose} on the command line
904 will show a full, @samp{ls} style listing of an archive or files,
905 giving sizes, owners, and similar information. @FIXME{Describe the
906 exact output format, e.g., how hard links are displayed.}
907 Other times, @option{--verbose} will only show files or members that the particular
908 operation is operating on at the time. In the latter case, you can
909 use @option{--verbose} twice in a command to get a listing such as that
910 in the former case. For example, instead of saying
911
912 @smallexample
913 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
914 @end smallexample
915
916 @noindent
917 above, you might say
918
919 @smallexample
920 @kbd{tar -cvvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
921 @end smallexample
922
923 @noindent
924 This works equally well using short or long forms of options. Using
925 long forms, you would simply write out the mnemonic form of the option
926 twice, like this:
927
928 @smallexample
929 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --verbose @dots{}}
930 @end smallexample
931
932 @noindent
933 Note that you must double the hyphens properly each time.
934
935 Later in the tutorial, we will give examples using @w{@option{--verbose
936 --verbose}}.
937
938 @node help tutorial
939 @unnumberedsubsec Getting Help: Using the @option{--help} Option
940
941 @table @option
942 @item --help
943
944 The @option{--help} option to @command{tar} prints out a very brief list of
945 all operations and option available for the current version of
946 @command{tar} available on your system.
947 @end table
948
949 @node create
950 @section How to Create Archives
951 @UNREVISED
952
953 One of the basic operations of @command{tar} is @value{op-create}, which
954 you use to create a @command{tar} archive. We will explain
955 @option{--create} first because, in order to learn about the other
956 operations, you will find it useful to have an archive available to
957 practice on.
958
959 To make this easier, in this section you will first create a directory
960 containing three files. Then, we will show you how to create an
961 @emph{archive} (inside the new directory). Both the directory, and
962 the archive are specifically for you to practice on. The rest of this
963 chapter and the next chapter will show many examples using this
964 directory and the files you will create: some of those files may be
965 other directories and other archives.
966
967 The three files you will archive in this example are called
968 @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}. The archive is called
969 @file{collection.tar}.
970
971 This section will proceed slowly, detailing how to use @option{--create}
972 in @code{verbose} mode, and showing examples using both short and long
973 forms. In the rest of the tutorial, and in the examples in the next
974 chapter, we will proceed at a slightly quicker pace. This section
975 moves more slowly to allow beginning users to understand how
976 @command{tar} works.
977
978 @menu
979 * prepare for examples::
980 * Creating the archive::
981 * create verbose::
982 * short create::
983 * create dir::
984 @end menu
985
986 @node prepare for examples
987 @subsection Preparing a Practice Directory for Examples
988
989 To follow along with this and future examples, create a new directory
990 called @file{practice} containing files called @file{blues}, @file{folk}
991 and @file{jazz}. The files can contain any information you like:
992 ideally, they should contain information which relates to their names,
993 and be of different lengths. Our examples assume that @file{practice}
994 is a subdirectory of your home directory.
995
996 Now @command{cd} to the directory named @file{practice}; @file{practice}
997 is now your @dfn{working directory}. (@emph{Please note}: Although
998 the full path name of this directory is
999 @file{/@var{homedir}/practice}, in our examples we will refer to
1000 this directory as @file{practice}; the @var{homedir} is presumed.
1001
1002 In general, you should check that the files to be archived exist where
1003 you think they do (in the working directory) by running @command{ls}.
1004 Because you just created the directory and the files and have changed to
1005 that directory, you probably don't need to do that this time.
1006
1007 It is very important to make sure there isn't already a file in the
1008 working directory with the archive name you intend to use (in this case,
1009 @samp{collection.tar}), or that you don't care about its contents.
1010 Whenever you use @samp{create}, @command{tar} will erase the current
1011 contents of the file named by @value{op-file} if it exists. @command{tar}
1012 will not tell you if you are about to overwrite an archive unless you
1013 specify an option which does this. @FIXME{xref to the node for
1014 --backup!}To add files to an existing archive, you need to use a
1015 different option, such as @value{op-append}; see @ref{append} for
1016 information on how to do this.
1017
1018 @node Creating the archive
1019 @subsection Creating the Archive
1020
1021 To place the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz} into an
1022 archive named @file{collection.tar}, use the following command:
1023
1024 @smallexample
1025 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1026 @end smallexample
1027
1028 The order of the arguments is not very important, @emph{when using long
1029 option forms}. You could also say:
1030
1031 @smallexample
1032 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1033 @end smallexample
1034
1035 @noindent
1036 However, you can see that this order is harder to understand; this is
1037 why we will list the arguments in the order that makes the commands
1038 easiest to understand (and we encourage you to do the same when you use
1039 @command{tar}, to avoid errors).
1040
1041 Note that the part of the command which says,
1042 @w{@option{--file=collection.tar}} is considered to be @emph{one} argument.
1043 If you substituted any other string of characters for
1044 @kbd{collection.tar}, then that string would become the name of the
1045 archive file you create.
1046
1047 The order of the options becomes more important when you begin to use
1048 short forms. With short forms, if you type commands in the wrong order
1049 (even if you type them correctly in all other ways), you may end up with
1050 results you don't expect. For this reason, it is a good idea to get
1051 into the habit of typing options in the order that makes inherent sense.
1052 @xref{short create}, for more information on this.
1053
1054 In this example, you type the command as shown above: @option{--create}
1055 is the operation which creates the new archive
1056 (@file{collection.tar}), and @option{--file} is the option which lets
1057 you give it the name you chose. The files, @file{blues}, @file{folk},
1058 and @file{jazz}, are now members of the archive, @file{collection.tar}
1059 (they are @dfn{file name arguments} to the @option{--create} operation).
1060 @FIXME{xref here to the discussion of file name args?}Now that they are
1061 in the archive, they are called @emph{archive members}, not files.
1062 (@pxref{Definitions,members}).
1063
1064 When you create an archive, you @emph{must} specify which files you
1065 want placed in the archive. If you do not specify any archive
1066 members, @GNUTAR{} will complain.
1067
1068 If you now list the contents of the working directory (@command{ls}), you will
1069 find the archive file listed as well as the files you saw previously:
1070
1071 @smallexample
1072 blues folk jazz collection.tar
1073 @end smallexample
1074
1075 @noindent
1076 Creating the archive @samp{collection.tar} did not destroy the copies of
1077 the files in the directory.
1078
1079 Keep in mind that if you don't indicate an operation, @command{tar} will not
1080 run and will prompt you for one. If you don't name any files, @command{tar}
1081 will complain. You must have write access to the working directory,
1082 or else you will not be able to create an archive in that directory.
1083
1084 @emph{Caution}: Do not attempt to use @value{op-create} to add files to
1085 an existing archive; it will delete the archive and write a new one.
1086 Use @value{op-append} instead. @xref{append}.
1087
1088 @node create verbose
1089 @subsection Running @option{--create} with @option{--verbose}
1090
1091 If you include the @value{op-verbose} option on the command line,
1092 @command{tar} will list the files it is acting on as it is working. In
1093 verbose mode, the @code{create} example above would appear as:
1094
1095 @smallexample
1096 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1097 blues
1098 folk
1099 jazz
1100 @end smallexample
1101
1102 This example is just like the example we showed which did not use
1103 @option{--verbose}, except that @command{tar} generated the remaining lines
1104 @iftex
1105 (note the different font styles).
1106 @end iftex
1107 @ifinfo
1108 .
1109 @end ifinfo
1110
1111 In the rest of the examples in this chapter, we will frequently use
1112 @code{verbose} mode so we can show actions or @command{tar} responses that
1113 you would otherwise not see, and which are important for you to
1114 understand.
1115
1116 @node short create
1117 @subsection Short Forms with @samp{create}
1118
1119 As we said before, the @value{op-create} operation is one of the most
1120 basic uses of @command{tar}, and you will use it countless times.
1121 Eventually, you will probably want to use abbreviated (or ``short'')
1122 forms of options. A full discussion of the three different forms that
1123 options can take appears in @ref{Styles}; for now, here is what the
1124 previous example (including the @value{op-verbose} option) looks like
1125 using short option forms:
1126
1127 @smallexample
1128 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1129 blues
1130 folk
1131 jazz
1132 @end smallexample
1133
1134 @noindent
1135 As you can see, the system responds the same no matter whether you use
1136 long or short option forms.
1137
1138 @FIXME{i don't like how this is worded:} One difference between using
1139 short and long option forms is that, although the exact placement of
1140 arguments following options is no more specific when using short forms,
1141 it is easier to become confused and make a mistake when using short
1142 forms. For example, suppose you attempted the above example in the
1143 following way:
1144
1145 @smallexample
1146 $ @kbd{tar -cfv collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1147 @end smallexample
1148
1149 @noindent
1150 In this case, @command{tar} will make an archive file called @file{v},
1151 containing the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}, because
1152 the @samp{v} is the closest ``file name'' to the @option{-f} option, and
1153 is thus taken to be the chosen archive file name. @command{tar} will try
1154 to add a file called @file{collection.tar} to the @file{v} archive file;
1155 if the file @file{collection.tar} did not already exist, @command{tar} will
1156 report an error indicating that this file does not exist. If the file
1157 @file{collection.tar} does already exist (e.g., from a previous command
1158 you may have run), then @command{tar} will add this file to the archive.
1159 Because the @option{-v} option did not get registered, @command{tar} will not
1160 run under @samp{verbose} mode, and will not report its progress.
1161
1162 The end result is that you may be quite confused about what happened,
1163 and possibly overwrite a file. To illustrate this further, we will show
1164 you how an example we showed previously would look using short forms.
1165
1166 This example,
1167
1168 @smallexample
1169 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1170 @end smallexample
1171
1172 @noindent
1173 is confusing as it is. When shown using short forms, however, it
1174 becomes much more so:
1175
1176 @smallexample
1177 $ @kbd{tar blues -c folk -f collection.tar jazz}
1178 @end smallexample
1179
1180 @noindent
1181 It would be very easy to put the wrong string of characters
1182 immediately following the @option{-f}, but doing that could sacrifice
1183 valuable data.
1184
1185 For this reason, we recommend that you pay very careful attention to
1186 the order of options and placement of file and archive names,
1187 especially when using short option forms. Not having the option name
1188 written out mnemonically can affect how well you remember which option
1189 does what, and therefore where different names have to be placed.
1190 (Placing options in an unusual order can also cause @command{tar} to
1191 report an error if you have set the shell environment variable
1192 @env{POSIXLY_CORRECT}.)
1193
1194 @node create dir
1195 @subsection Archiving Directories
1196
1197 @cindex Archiving Directories
1198 @cindex Directories, Archiving
1199 You can archive a directory by specifying its directory name as a
1200 file name argument to @command{tar}. The files in the directory will be
1201 archived relative to the working directory, and the directory will be
1202 re-created along with its contents when the archive is extracted.
1203
1204 To archive a directory, first move to its superior directory. If you
1205 have followed the previous instructions in this tutorial, you should
1206 type:
1207
1208 @smallexample
1209 $ @kbd{cd ..}
1210 $
1211 @end smallexample
1212
1213 @noindent
1214 This will put you into the directory which contains @file{practice},
1215 i.e., your home directory. Once in the superior directory, you can
1216 specify the subdirectory, @file{practice}, as a file name argument. To
1217 store @file{practice} in the new archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1218
1219 @smallexample
1220 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1221 @end smallexample
1222
1223 @noindent
1224 @command{tar} should output:
1225
1226 @smallexample
1227 practice/
1228 practice/blues
1229 practice/folk
1230 practice/jazz
1231 practice/collection.tar
1232 @end smallexample
1233
1234 Note that the archive thus created is not in the subdirectory
1235 @file{practice}, but rather in the current working directory---the
1236 directory from which @command{tar} was invoked. Before trying to archive a
1237 directory from its superior directory, you should make sure you have
1238 write access to the superior directory itself, not only the directory
1239 you are trying archive with @command{tar}. For example, you will probably
1240 not be able to store your home directory in an archive by invoking
1241 @command{tar} from the root directory; @value{xref-absolute-names}. (Note
1242 also that @file{collection.tar}, the original archive file, has itself
1243 been archived. @command{tar} will accept any file as a file to be
1244 archived, regardless of its content. When @file{music.tar} is
1245 extracted, the archive file @file{collection.tar} will be re-written
1246 into the file system).
1247
1248 If you give @command{tar} a command such as
1249
1250 @smallexample
1251 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=foo.tar .}
1252 @end smallexample
1253
1254 @noindent
1255 @command{tar} will report @samp{tar: ./foo.tar is the archive; not
1256 dumped}. This happens because @command{tar} creates the archive
1257 @file{foo.tar} in the current directory before putting any files into
1258 it. Then, when @command{tar} attempts to add all the files in the
1259 directory @file{.} to the archive, it notices that the file
1260 @file{./foo.tar} is the same as the archive @file{foo.tar}, and skips
1261 it. (It makes no sense to put an archive into itself.) @GNUTAR{}
1262 will continue in this case, and create the archive
1263 normally, except for the exclusion of that one file. (@emph{Please
1264 note:} Other versions of @command{tar} are not so clever; they will
1265 enter an infinite loop when this happens, so you should not depend on
1266 this behavior unless you are certain you are running @GNUTAR{}.)
1267 @FIXME{bob doesn't like this sentence, since he does
1268 it all the time, and we've been doing it in the editing passes for
1269 this manual: In general, make sure that the archive is not inside a
1270 directory being dumped.}
1271
1272 @node list
1273 @section How to List Archives
1274
1275 Frequently, you will find yourself wanting to determine exactly what a
1276 particular archive contains. You can use the @value{op-list} operation
1277 to get the member names as they currently appear in the archive, as well
1278 as various attributes of the files at the time they were archived. For
1279 example, you can examine the archive @file{collection.tar} that you
1280 created in the last section with the command,
1281
1282 @smallexample
1283 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
1284 @end smallexample
1285
1286 @noindent
1287 The output of @command{tar} would then be:
1288
1289 @smallexample
1290 blues
1291 folk
1292 jazz
1293 @end smallexample
1294
1295 @FIXME{we hope this will change. if it doesn't, need to show the
1296 creation of bfiles somewhere above!!! : }
1297
1298 @noindent
1299 The archive @file{bfiles.tar} would list as follows:
1300
1301 @smallexample
1302 ./birds
1303 baboon
1304 ./box
1305 @end smallexample
1306
1307 @noindent
1308 Be sure to use a @value{op-file} option just as with @value{op-create}
1309 to specify the name of the archive.
1310
1311 If you use the @value{op-verbose} option with @option{--list}, then
1312 @command{tar} will print out a listing reminiscent of @w{@samp{ls -l}},
1313 showing owner, file size, and so forth.
1314
1315 If you had used @value{op-verbose} mode, the example above would look
1316 like:
1317
1318 @smallexample
1319 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar folk}
1320 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 folk
1321 @end smallexample
1322
1323 @cindex listing member and file names
1324 @anchor{listing member and file names}
1325 It is important to notice that the output of @kbd{tar --list
1326 --verbose} does not necessarily match that produced by @kbd{tar
1327 --create --verbose} while creating the archive. It is because
1328 @GNUTAR{}, unless told explicitly not to do so, removes some directory
1329 prefixes from file names before storing them in the archive
1330 (@xref{absolute}, for more information). In other
1331 words, in verbose mode @GNUTAR{} shows @dfn{file names} when creating
1332 an archive and @dfn{member names} when listing it. Consider this
1333 example:
1334
1335 @smallexample
1336 @group
1337 $ @kbd{tar cfv archive /etc/mail}
1338 tar: Removing leading `/' from member names
1339 /etc/mail/
1340 /etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1341 /etc/mail/aliases
1342 $ @kbd{tar tf archive}
1343 etc/mail/
1344 etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1345 etc/mail/aliases
1346 @end group
1347 @end smallexample
1348
1349 @cindex @option{--show-stored-names} described
1350 This default behavior can sometimes be inconvenient. You can force
1351 @GNUTAR{} show member names when creating archive by supplying
1352 @option{--show-stored-names} option.
1353
1354 @table @option
1355 @item --show-stored-names
1356 Print member (not @emph{file}) names when creating the archive.
1357 @end table
1358
1359 @cindex File name arguments, using @option{--list} with
1360 @cindex @option{--list} with file name arguments
1361 You can specify one or more individual member names as arguments when
1362 using @samp{list}. In this case, @command{tar} will only list the
1363 names of members you identify. For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list
1364 --file=afiles.tar apple}} would only print @file{apple}.
1365
1366 @FIXME{we hope the relevant aspects of this will change:}Because
1367 @command{tar} preserves paths, file names must be specified as they appear
1368 in the archive (ie., relative to the directory from which the archive
1369 was created). Therefore, it is essential when specifying member names
1370 to @command{tar} that you give the exact member names. For example,
1371 @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles birds}} would produce an error message
1372 something like @samp{tar: birds: Not found in archive}, because there is
1373 no member named @file{birds}, only one named @file{./birds}. While the
1374 names @file{birds} and @file{./birds} name the same file, @emph{member}
1375 names are compared using a simplistic name comparison, in which an exact
1376 match is necessary. @xref{absolute}.
1377
1378 However, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar folk}} would respond
1379 with @file{folk}, because @file{folk} is in the archive file
1380 @file{collection.tar}. If you are not sure of the exact file name, try
1381 listing all the files in the archive and searching for the one you
1382 expect to find; remember that if you use @option{--list} with no file
1383 names as arguments, @command{tar} will print the names of all the members
1384 stored in the specified archive.
1385
1386 @menu
1387 * list dir::
1388 @end menu
1389
1390 @node list dir
1391 @unnumberedsubsec Listing the Contents of a Stored Directory
1392
1393 To get information about the contents of an archived directory,
1394 use the directory name as a file name argument in conjunction with
1395 @value{op-list}. To find out file attributes, include the
1396 @value{op-verbose} option.
1397
1398 For example, to find out about files in the directory @file{practice}, in
1399 the archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1400
1401 @smallexample
1402 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1403 @end smallexample
1404
1405 @command{tar} responds:
1406
1407 @smallexample
1408 drwxrwxrwx myself user 0 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/
1409 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 42 1990-05-21 13:29 practice/blues
1410 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 practice/folk
1411 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 practice/jazz
1412 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 10240 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/collection.tar
1413 @end smallexample
1414
1415 When you use a directory name as a file name argument, @command{tar} acts on
1416 all the files (including sub-directories) in that directory.
1417
1418 @node extract
1419 @section How to Extract Members from an Archive
1420 @UNREVISED
1421 @cindex Extraction
1422 @cindex Retrieving files from an archive
1423 @cindex Resurrecting files from an archive
1424
1425 Creating an archive is only half the job---there is no point in storing
1426 files in an archive if you can't retrieve them. The act of retrieving
1427 members from an archive so they can be used and manipulated as
1428 unarchived files again is called @dfn{extraction}. To extract files
1429 from an archive, use the @value{op-extract} operation. As with
1430 @value{op-create}, specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file}.
1431 Extracting an archive does not modify the archive in any way; you can
1432 extract it multiple times if you want or need to.
1433
1434 Using @option{--extract}, you can extract an entire archive, or specific
1435 files. The files can be directories containing other files, or not. As
1436 with @value{op-create} and @value{op-list}, you may use the short or the
1437 long form of the operation without affecting the performance.
1438
1439 @menu
1440 * extracting archives::
1441 * extracting files::
1442 * extract dir::
1443 * extracting untrusted archives::
1444 * failing commands::
1445 @end menu
1446
1447 @node extracting archives
1448 @subsection Extracting an Entire Archive
1449
1450 To extract an entire archive, specify the archive file name only, with
1451 no individual file names as arguments. For example,
1452
1453 @smallexample
1454 $ @kbd{tar -xvf collection.tar}
1455 @end smallexample
1456
1457 @noindent
1458 produces this:
1459
1460 @smallexample
1461 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
1462 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
1463 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
1464 @end smallexample
1465
1466 @node extracting files
1467 @subsection Extracting Specific Files
1468
1469 To extract specific archive members, give their exact member names as
1470 arguments, as printed by @value{op-list}. If you had mistakenly deleted
1471 one of the files you had placed in the archive @file{collection.tar}
1472 earlier (say, @file{blues}), you can extract it from the archive without
1473 changing the archive's structure. It will be identical to the original
1474 file @file{blues} that you deleted. @FIXME{At the time of this
1475 writing, atime and ctime are not restored. Since this is a tutorial
1476 for a beginnig user, it should hardly be mentioned here. Maybe in
1477 a footnote? --gray}.
1478
1479 First, make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory, and list the
1480 files in the directory. Now, delete the file, @samp{blues}, and list
1481 the files in the directory again.
1482
1483 You can now extract the member @file{blues} from the archive file
1484 @file{collection.tar} like this:
1485
1486 @smallexample
1487 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=collection.tar blues}
1488 @end smallexample
1489
1490 @noindent
1491 If you list the files in the directory again, you will see that the file
1492 @file{blues} has been restored, with its original permissions, creation
1493 times, and owner.@FIXME{This is only accidentally true, but not in
1494 general. In most cases, one has to be root for restoring the owner, and
1495 use a special option for restoring permissions. Here, it just happens
1496 that the restoring user is also the owner of the archived members, and
1497 that the current @code{umask} is compatible with original permissions.}
1498 (These parameters will be identical to those which
1499 the file had when you originally placed it in the archive; any changes
1500 you may have made before deleting the file from the file system,
1501 however, will @emph{not} have been made to the archive member.) The
1502 archive file, @samp{collection.tar}, is the same as it was before you
1503 extracted @samp{blues}. You can confirm this by running @command{tar} with
1504 @value{op-list}.
1505
1506 @FIXME{we hope this will change:}Remember that as with other operations,
1507 specifying the exact member name is important. @w{@kbd{tar --extract
1508 --file=bfiles.tar birds}} will fail, because there is no member named
1509 @file{birds}. To extract the member named @file{./birds}, you must
1510 specify @w{@kbd{tar --extract --file=bfiles.tar ./birds}}. To find the
1511 exact member names of the members of an archive, use @value{op-list}
1512 (@pxref{list}).
1513
1514 You can extract a file to standard output by combining the above options
1515 with the @value{op-to-stdout} option (@pxref{Writing to Standard
1516 Output}).
1517
1518 If you give the @value{op-verbose} option, then @value{op-extract} will
1519 print the names of the archive members as it extracts them.
1520
1521 @node extract dir
1522 @subsection Extracting Files that are Directories
1523
1524 Extracting directories which are members of an archive is similar to
1525 extracting other files. The main difference to be aware of is that if
1526 the extracted directory has the same name as any directory already in
1527 the working directory, then files in the extracted directory will be
1528 placed into the directory of the same name. Likewise, if there are
1529 files in the pre-existing directory with the same names as the members
1530 which you extract, the files from the extracted archive will replace
1531 the files already in the working directory (and possible
1532 subdirectories). This will happen regardless of whether or not the
1533 files in the working directory were more recent than those extracted
1534 (there exist, however, special options that alter this behavior
1535 @pxref{Writing}).
1536
1537 However, if a file was stored with a directory name as part of its file
1538 name, and that directory does not exist under the working directory when
1539 the file is extracted, @command{tar} will create the directory.
1540
1541 We can demonstrate how to use @option{--extract} to extract a directory
1542 file with an example. Change to the @file{practice} directory if you
1543 weren't there, and remove the files @file{folk} and @file{jazz}. Then,
1544 go back to the parent directory and extract the archive
1545 @file{music.tar}. You may either extract the entire archive, or you may
1546 extract only the files you just deleted. To extract the entire archive,
1547 don't give any file names as arguments after the archive name
1548 @file{music.tar}. To extract only the files you deleted, use the
1549 following command:
1550
1551 @smallexample
1552 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1553 practice/folk
1554 practice/jazz
1555 @end smallexample
1556
1557 @noindent
1558 If you were to specify two @value{op-verbose} options, @command{tar}
1559 would have displayed more detail about the extracted files, as shown
1560 in the example below:
1561
1562 @smallexample
1563 $ @kbd{tar -xvvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1564 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 practice/jazz
1565 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 practice/folk
1566 @end smallexample
1567
1568 @noindent
1569 Because you created the directory with @file{practice} as part of the
1570 file names of each of the files by archiving the @file{practice}
1571 directory as @file{practice}, you must give @file{practice} as part
1572 of the file names when you extract those files from the archive.
1573
1574 @FIXME{IMPORTANT! show the final structure, here. figure out what it
1575 will be.}
1576
1577 @node extracting untrusted archives
1578 @subsection Extracting Archives from Untrusted Sources
1579
1580 Extracting files from archives can overwrite files that already exist.
1581 If you receive an archive from an untrusted source, you should make a
1582 new directory and extract into that directory, so that you don't have
1583 to worry about the extraction overwriting one of your existing files.
1584 For example, if @file{untrusted.tar} came from somewhere else on the
1585 Internet, and you don't necessarily trust its contents, you can
1586 extract it as follows:
1587
1588 @smallexample
1589 $ @kbd{mkdir newdir}
1590 $ @kbd{cd newdir}
1591 $ @kbd{tar -xvf ../untrusted.tar}
1592 @end smallexample
1593
1594 It is also a good practice to examine contents of the archive
1595 before extracting it, using @value{op-list} option, possibly combined
1596 with @value{op-verbose}.
1597
1598 @node failing commands
1599 @subsection Commands That Will Fail
1600
1601 Here are some sample commands you might try which will not work, and why
1602 they won't work.
1603
1604 If you try to use this command,
1605
1606 @smallexample
1607 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar folk jazz}
1608 @end smallexample
1609
1610 @noindent
1611 you will get the following response:
1612
1613 @smallexample
1614 tar: folk: Not found in archive
1615 tar: jazz: Not found in archive
1616 $
1617 @end smallexample
1618
1619 @noindent
1620 This is because these files were not originally @emph{in} the parent
1621 directory @file{..}, where the archive is located; they were in the
1622 @file{practice} directory, and their file names reflect this:
1623
1624 @smallexample
1625 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar}
1626 practice/folk
1627 practice/jazz
1628 practice/rock
1629 @end smallexample
1630
1631 @FIXME{make sure the above works when going through the examples in
1632 order...}
1633
1634 @noindent
1635 Likewise, if you try to use this command,
1636
1637 @smallexample
1638 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar folk jazz}
1639 @end smallexample
1640
1641 @noindent
1642 you would get a similar response. Members with those names are not in the
1643 archive. You must use the correct member names in order to extract the
1644 files from the archive.
1645
1646 If you have forgotten the correct names of the files in the archive,
1647 use @w{@kbd{tar --list --verbose}} to list them correctly.
1648
1649 @FIXME{more examples, here? hag thinks it's a good idea.}
1650
1651 @node going further
1652 @section Going Further Ahead in this Manual
1653
1654 @FIXME{need to write up a node here about the things that are going to
1655 be in the rest of the manual.}
1656
1657 @node tar invocation
1658 @chapter Invoking @GNUTAR{}
1659 @UNREVISED
1660
1661 This chapter is about how one invokes the @GNUTAR{}
1662 command, from the command synopsis (@pxref{Synopsis}). There are
1663 numerous options, and many styles for writing them. One mandatory
1664 option specifies the operation @command{tar} should perform
1665 (@pxref{Operation Summary}), other options are meant to detail how
1666 this operation should be performed (@pxref{Option Summary}).
1667 Non-option arguments are not always interpreted the same way,
1668 depending on what the operation is.
1669
1670 You will find in this chapter everything about option styles and rules for
1671 writing them (@pxref{Styles}). On the other hand, operations and options
1672 are fully described elsewhere, in other chapters. Here, you will find
1673 only synthetic descriptions for operations and options, together with
1674 pointers to other parts of the @command{tar} manual.
1675
1676 Some options are so special they are fully described right in this
1677 chapter. They have the effect of inhibiting the normal operation of
1678 @command{tar} or else, they globally alter the amount of feedback the user
1679 receives about what is going on. These are the @value{op-help} and
1680 @value{op-version} (@pxref{help}), @value{op-verbose} (@pxref{verbose})
1681 and @value{op-interactive} options (@pxref{interactive}).
1682
1683 @menu
1684 * Synopsis::
1685 * using tar options::
1686 * Styles::
1687 * All Options::
1688 * help::
1689 * verbose::
1690 * interactive::
1691 @end menu
1692
1693 @node Synopsis
1694 @section General Synopsis of @command{tar}
1695
1696 The @GNUTAR{} program is invoked as either one of:
1697
1698 @smallexample
1699 @kbd{tar @var{option}@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1700 @kbd{tar @var{letter}@dots{} [@var{argument}]@dots{} [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1701 @end smallexample
1702
1703 The second form is for when old options are being used.
1704
1705 You can use @command{tar} to store files in an archive, to extract them from
1706 an archive, and to do other types of archive manipulation. The primary
1707 argument to @command{tar}, which is called the @dfn{operation}, specifies
1708 which action to take. The other arguments to @command{tar} are either
1709 @dfn{options}, which change the way @command{tar} performs an operation,
1710 or file names or archive members, which specify the files or members
1711 @command{tar} is to act on.
1712
1713 You can actually type in arguments in any order, even if in this manual
1714 the options always precede the other arguments, to make examples easier
1715 to understand. Further, the option stating the main operation mode
1716 (the @command{tar} main command) is usually given first.
1717
1718 Each @var{name} in the synopsis above is interpreted as an archive member
1719 name when the main command is one of @value{op-compare}, @value{op-delete},
1720 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-list} or @value{op-update}. When naming
1721 archive members, you must give the exact name of the member in the
1722 archive, as it is printed by @value{op-list}. For @value{op-append}
1723 and @value{op-create}, these @var{name} arguments specify the names
1724 of either files or directory hierarchies to place in the archive.
1725 These files or hierarchies should already exist in the file system,
1726 prior to the execution of the @command{tar} command.
1727
1728 @command{tar} interprets relative file names as being relative to the
1729 working directory. @command{tar} will make all file names relative
1730 (by removing leading slashes when archiving or restoring files),
1731 unless you specify otherwise (using the @value{op-absolute-names}
1732 option). @value{xref-absolute-names}, for more information about
1733 @value{op-absolute-names}.
1734
1735 If you give the name of a directory as either a file name or a member
1736 name, then @command{tar} acts recursively on all the files and directories
1737 beneath that directory. For example, the name @file{/} identifies all
1738 the files in the filesystem to @command{tar}.
1739
1740 The distinction between file names and archive member names is especially
1741 important when shell globbing is used, and sometimes a source of confusion
1742 for newcomers. @xref{Wildcards}, for more information about globbing.
1743 The problem is that shells may only glob using existing files in the
1744 file system. Only @command{tar} itself may glob on archive members, so when
1745 needed, you must ensure that wildcard characters reach @command{tar} without
1746 being interpreted by the shell first. Using a backslash before @samp{*}
1747 or @samp{?}, or putting the whole argument between quotes, is usually
1748 sufficient for this.
1749
1750 Even if @var{name}s are often specified on the command line, they
1751 can also be read from a text file in the file system, using the
1752 @value{op-files-from} option.
1753
1754 If you don't use any file name arguments, @value{op-append},
1755 @value{op-delete} and @value{op-concatenate} will do nothing, while
1756 @value{op-create} will usually yield a diagnostic and inhibit @command{tar}
1757 execution. The other operations of @command{tar} (@value{op-list},
1758 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-compare}, and @value{op-update}) will act
1759 on the entire contents of the archive.
1760
1761 @cindex exit status
1762 @cindex return status
1763 Besides successful exits, @GNUTAR{} may fail for
1764 many reasons. Some reasons correspond to bad usage, that is, when the
1765 @command{tar} command is improperly written. Errors may be
1766 encountered later, while encountering an error processing the archive
1767 or the files. Some errors are recoverable, in which case the failure
1768 is delayed until @command{tar} has completed all its work. Some
1769 errors are such that it would not meaningful, or at least risky, to
1770 continue processing: @command{tar} then aborts processing immediately.
1771 All abnormal exits, whether immediate or delayed, should always be
1772 clearly diagnosed on @code{stderr}, after a line stating the nature of
1773 the error.
1774
1775 @GNUTAR{} returns only a few exit statuses. I'm really
1776 aiming simplicity in that area, for now. If you are not using the
1777 @value{op-compare} option, zero means that everything went well, besides
1778 maybe innocuous warnings. Nonzero means that something went wrong.
1779 Right now, as of today, ``nonzero'' is almost always 2, except for
1780 remote operations, where it may be 128.
1781
1782 @node using tar options
1783 @section Using @command{tar} Options
1784
1785 @GNUTAR{} has a total of eight operating modes which
1786 allow you to perform a variety of tasks. You are required to choose
1787 one operating mode each time you employ the @command{tar} program by
1788 specifying one, and only one operation as an argument to the
1789 @command{tar} command (two lists of four operations each may be found
1790 at @ref{frequent operations} and @ref{Operations}). Depending on
1791 circumstances, you may also wish to customize how the chosen operating
1792 mode behaves. For example, you may wish to change the way the output
1793 looks, or the format of the files that you wish to archive may require
1794 you to do something special in order to make the archive look right.
1795
1796 You can customize and control @command{tar}'s performance by running
1797 @command{tar} with one or more options (such as @value{op-verbose}, which
1798 we used in the tutorial). As we said in the tutorial, @dfn{options} are
1799 arguments to @command{tar} which are (as their name suggests) optional.
1800 Depending on the operating mode, you may specify one or more options.
1801 Different options will have different effects, but in general they all
1802 change details of the operation, such as archive format, archive name,
1803 or level of user interaction. Some options make sense with all
1804 operating modes, while others are meaningful only with particular modes.
1805 You will likely use some options frequently, while you will only use
1806 others infrequently, or not at all. (A full list of options is
1807 available in @pxref{All Options}.)
1808
1809 The @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable specifies default options to
1810 be placed in front of any explicit options. For example, if
1811 @code{TAR_OPTIONS} is @samp{-v --unlink-first}, @command{tar} behaves as
1812 if the two options @option{-v} and @option{--unlink-first} had been
1813 specified before any explicit options. Option specifications are
1814 separated by whitespace. A backslash escapes the next character, so it
1815 can be used to specify an option containing whitespace or a backslash.
1816
1817 Note that @command{tar} options are case sensitive. For example, the
1818 options @option{-T} and @option{-t} are different; the first requires an
1819 argument for stating the name of a file providing a list of @var{name}s,
1820 while the second does not require an argument and is another way to
1821 write @value{op-list}.
1822
1823 In addition to the eight operations, there are many options to
1824 @command{tar}, and three different styles for writing both: long (mnemonic)
1825 form, short form, and old style. These styles are discussed below.
1826 Both the options and the operations can be written in any of these three
1827 styles.
1828
1829 @FIXME{menu at end of this node. need to think of an actual outline
1830 for this chapter; probably do that after stuff from chapter 4 is
1831 incorporated.}
1832
1833 @node Styles
1834 @section The Three Option Styles
1835
1836 There are three styles for writing operations and options to the command
1837 line invoking @command{tar}. The different styles were developed at
1838 different times during the history of @command{tar}. These styles will be
1839 presented below, from the most recent to the oldest.
1840
1841 Some options must take an argument. (For example, @value{op-file} takes
1842 the name of an archive file as an argument. If you do not supply an
1843 archive file name, @command{tar} will use a default, but this can be
1844 confusing; thus, we recommend that you always supply a specific archive
1845 file name.) Where you @emph{place} the arguments generally depends on
1846 which style of options you choose. We will detail specific information
1847 relevant to each option style in the sections on the different option
1848 styles, below. The differences are subtle, yet can often be very
1849 important; incorrect option placement can cause you to overwrite a
1850 number of important files. We urge you to note these differences, and
1851 only use the option style(s) which makes the most sense to you until you
1852 feel comfortable with the others.
1853
1854 Some options @emph{may} take an argument (currently, there are
1855 two such options: @value{op-backup} and @value{op-occurrence}). Such
1856 options may have at most long and short forms, they do not have old style
1857 equivalent. The rules for specifying an argument for such options
1858 are stricter than those for specifying mandatory arguments. Please,
1859 pay special attention to them.
1860
1861 @menu
1862 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
1863 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
1864 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
1865 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
1866 @end menu
1867
1868 @node Mnemonic Options
1869 @subsection Mnemonic Option Style
1870
1871 @FIXME{have to decide whether or not to replace other occurrences of
1872 "mnemonic" with "long", or *ugh* vice versa.}
1873
1874 Each option has at least one long (or mnemonic) name starting with two
1875 dashes in a row, e.g., @option{--list}. The long names are more clear than
1876 their corresponding short or old names. It sometimes happens that a
1877 single mnemonic option has many different different names which are
1878 synonymous, such as @option{--compare} and @option{--diff}. In addition,
1879 long option names can be given unique abbreviations. For example,
1880 @option{--cre} can be used in place of @option{--create} because there is no
1881 other mnemonic option which begins with @samp{cre}. (One way to find
1882 this out is by trying it and seeing what happens; if a particular
1883 abbreviation could represent more than one option, @command{tar} will tell
1884 you that that abbreviation is ambiguous and you'll know that that
1885 abbreviation won't work. You may also choose to run @samp{tar --help}
1886 to see a list of options. Be aware that if you run @command{tar} with a
1887 unique abbreviation for the long name of an option you didn't want to
1888 use, you are stuck; @command{tar} will perform the command as ordered.)
1889
1890 Mnemonic options are meant to be obvious and easy to remember, and their
1891 meanings are generally easier to discern than those of their
1892 corresponding short options (see below). For example:
1893
1894 @smallexample
1895 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --blocking-factor=20 --file=/dev/rmt0}
1896 @end smallexample
1897
1898 @noindent
1899 gives a fairly good set of hints about what the command does, even
1900 for those not fully acquainted with @command{tar}.
1901
1902 Mnemonic options which require arguments take those arguments
1903 immediately following the option name. There are two ways of
1904 specifying a mandatory argument. It can be separated from the
1905 option name either by an equal sign, or by any amount of
1906 white space characters. For example, the @option{--file} option (which
1907 tells the name of the @command{tar} archive) is given a file such as
1908 @file{archive.tar} as argument by using any of the following notations:
1909 @option{--file=archive.tar} or @option{--file archive.tar}.
1910
1911 In contrast, optional arguments must always be introduced using
1912 an equal sign. For example, the @option{--backup} option takes
1913 an optional argument specifying backup type. It must be used
1914 as @option{--backup=@var{backup-type}}.
1915
1916 @node Short Options
1917 @subsection Short Option Style
1918
1919 Most options also have a short option name. Short options start with
1920 a single dash, and are followed by a single character, e.g., @option{-t}
1921 (which is equivalent to @option{--list}). The forms are absolutely
1922 identical in function; they are interchangeable.
1923
1924 The short option names are faster to type than long option names.
1925
1926 Short options which require arguments take their arguments immediately
1927 following the option, usually separated by white space. It is also
1928 possible to stick the argument right after the short option name, using
1929 no intervening space. For example, you might write @w{@option{-f
1930 archive.tar}} or @option{-farchive.tar} instead of using
1931 @option{--file=archive.tar}. Both @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} and
1932 @w{@option{-f @var{archive-name}}} denote the option which indicates a
1933 specific archive, here named @file{archive.tar}.
1934
1935 Short options which take optional arguments take their arguments
1936 immediately following the option letter, @emph{without any intervening
1937 white space characters}.
1938
1939 Short options' letters may be clumped together, but you are not
1940 required to do this (as compared to old options; see below). When
1941 short options are clumped as a set, use one (single) dash for them
1942 all, e.g., @w{@samp{@command{tar} -cvf}}. Only the last option in
1943 such a set is allowed to have an argument@footnote{Clustering many
1944 options, the last of which has an argument, is a rather opaque way to
1945 write options. Some wonder if @acronym{GNU} @code{getopt} should not
1946 even be made helpful enough for considering such usages as invalid.}.
1947
1948 When the options are separated, the argument for each option which requires
1949 an argument directly follows that option, as is usual for Unix programs.
1950 For example:
1951
1952 @smallexample
1953 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -b 20 -f /dev/rmt0}
1954 @end smallexample
1955
1956 If you reorder short options' locations, be sure to move any arguments
1957 that belong to them. If you do not move the arguments properly, you may
1958 end up overwriting files.
1959
1960 @node Old Options
1961 @subsection Old Option Style
1962 @UNREVISED
1963
1964 Like short options, old options are single letters. However, old options
1965 must be written together as a single clumped set, without spaces separating
1966 them or dashes preceding them@footnote{Beware that if you precede options
1967 with a dash, you are announcing the short option style instead of the
1968 old option style; short options are decoded differently.}. This set
1969 of letters must be the first to appear on the command line, after the
1970 @command{tar} program name and some white space; old options cannot appear
1971 anywhere else. The letter of an old option is exactly the same letter as
1972 the corresponding short option. For example, the old option @samp{t} is
1973 the same as the short option @option{-t}, and consequently, the same as the
1974 mnemonic option @option{--list}. So for example, the command @w{@samp{tar
1975 cv}} specifies the option @option{-v} in addition to the operation @option{-c}.
1976
1977 @FIXME{bob suggests having an uglier example. :-) }
1978
1979 When options that need arguments are given together with the command,
1980 all the associated arguments follow, in the same order as the options.
1981 Thus, the example given previously could also be written in the old
1982 style as follows:
1983
1984 @smallexample
1985 $ @kbd{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}
1986 @end smallexample
1987
1988 @noindent
1989 Here, @samp{20} is the argument of @option{-b} and @samp{/dev/rmt0} is
1990 the argument of @option{-f}.
1991
1992 On the other hand, this old style syntax makes it difficult to match
1993 option letters with their corresponding arguments, and is often
1994 confusing. In the command @w{@samp{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}}, for example,
1995 @samp{20} is the argument for @option{-b}, @samp{/dev/rmt0} is the
1996 argument for @option{-f}, and @option{-v} does not have a corresponding
1997 argument. Even using short options like in @w{@samp{tar -c -v -b 20 -f
1998 /dev/rmt0}} is clearer, putting all arguments next to the option they
1999 pertain to.
2000
2001 If you want to reorder the letters in the old option argument, be
2002 sure to reorder any corresponding argument appropriately.
2003
2004 This old way of writing @command{tar} options can surprise even experienced
2005 users. For example, the two commands:
2006
2007 @smallexample
2008 @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2009 @kbd{tar -cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2010 @end smallexample
2011
2012 @noindent
2013 are quite different. The first example uses @file{archive.tar.gz} as
2014 the value for option @samp{f} and recognizes the option @samp{z}. The
2015 second example, however, uses @file{z} as the value for option
2016 @samp{f} --- probably not what was intended.
2017
2018 Old options are kept for compatibility with old versions of @command{tar}.
2019
2020 This second example could be corrected in many ways, among which the
2021 following are equivalent:
2022
2023 @smallexample
2024 @kbd{tar -czf archive.tar.gz file}
2025 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2026 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2027 @end smallexample
2028
2029 @FIXME{still could explain this better; it's redundant:}
2030
2031 @cindex option syntax, traditional
2032 As far as we know, all @command{tar} programs, @acronym{GNU} and
2033 non-@acronym{GNU}, support old options. @GNUTAR{}
2034 supports them not only for historical reasons, but also because many
2035 people are used to them. For compatibility with Unix @command{tar},
2036 the first argument is always treated as containing command and option
2037 letters even if it doesn't start with @samp{-}. Thus, @samp{tar c} is
2038 equivalent to @w{@samp{tar -c}:} both of them specify the
2039 @value{op-create} command to create an archive.
2040
2041 @node Mixing
2042 @subsection Mixing Option Styles
2043
2044 All three styles may be intermixed in a single @command{tar} command,
2045 so long as the rules for each style are fully
2046 respected@footnote{Before @GNUTAR{} version 1.11.6,
2047 a bug prevented intermixing old style options with mnemonic options in
2048 some cases.}. Old style options and either of the modern styles of
2049 options may be mixed within a single @command{tar} command. However,
2050 old style options must be introduced as the first arguments only,
2051 following the rule for old options (old options must appear directly
2052 after the @command{tar} command and some white space). Modern options
2053 may be given only after all arguments to the old options have been
2054 collected. If this rule is not respected, a modern option might be
2055 falsely interpreted as the value of the argument to one of the old
2056 style options.
2057
2058 For example, all the following commands are wholly equivalent, and
2059 illustrate the many combinations and orderings of option styles.
2060
2061 @smallexample
2062 @kbd{tar --create --file=archive.tar}
2063 @kbd{tar --create -f archive.tar}
2064 @kbd{tar --create -farchive.tar}
2065 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar --create}
2066 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar -c}
2067 @kbd{tar -c --file=archive.tar}
2068 @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar}
2069 @kbd{tar -c -farchive.tar}
2070 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar}
2071 @kbd{tar -cfarchive.tar}
2072 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar --create}
2073 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar -c}
2074 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar --create}
2075 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar -c}
2076 @kbd{tar c --file=archive.tar}
2077 @kbd{tar c -f archive.tar}
2078 @kbd{tar c -farchive.tar}
2079 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar}
2080 @kbd{tar f archive.tar --create}
2081 @kbd{tar f archive.tar -c}
2082 @kbd{tar fc archive.tar}
2083 @end smallexample
2084
2085 On the other hand, the following commands are @emph{not} equivalent to
2086 the previous set:
2087
2088 @smallexample
2089 @kbd{tar -f -c archive.tar}
2090 @kbd{tar -fc archive.tar}
2091 @kbd{tar -fcarchive.tar}
2092 @kbd{tar -farchive.tarc}
2093 @kbd{tar cfarchive.tar}
2094 @end smallexample
2095
2096 @noindent
2097 These last examples mean something completely different from what the
2098 user intended (judging based on the example in the previous set which
2099 uses long options, whose intent is therefore very clear). The first
2100 four specify that the @command{tar} archive would be a file named
2101 @option{-c}, @samp{c}, @samp{carchive.tar} or @samp{archive.tarc},
2102 respectively. The first two examples also specify a single non-option,
2103 @var{name} argument having the value @samp{archive.tar}. The last
2104 example contains only old style option letters (repeating option
2105 @samp{c} twice), not all of which are meaningful (eg., @samp{.},
2106 @samp{h}, or @samp{i}), with no argument value. @FIXME{not sure i liked
2107 the first sentence of this paragraph..}
2108
2109 @node All Options
2110 @section All @command{tar} Options
2111
2112 The coming manual sections contain an alphabetical listing of all
2113 @command{tar} operations and options, with brief descriptions and cross
2114 references to more in-depth explanations in the body of the manual.
2115 They also contain an alphabetically arranged table of the short option
2116 forms with their corresponding long option. You can use this table as
2117 a reference for deciphering @command{tar} commands in scripts.
2118
2119 @menu
2120 * Operation Summary::
2121 * Option Summary::
2122 * Short Option Summary::
2123 @end menu
2124
2125 @node Operation Summary
2126 @subsection Operations
2127
2128 @table @option
2129
2130 @item --append
2131 @itemx -r
2132
2133 Appends files to the end of the archive. @xref{append}.
2134
2135 @item --catenate
2136 @itemx -A
2137
2138 Same as @option{--concatenate}. @xref{concatenate}.
2139
2140 @item --compare
2141 @itemx -d
2142
2143 Compares archive members with their counterparts in the file
2144 system, and reports differences in file size, mode, owner,
2145 modification date and contents. @xref{compare}.
2146
2147 @item --concatenate
2148 @itemx -A
2149
2150 Appends other @command{tar} archives to the end of the archive.
2151 @xref{concatenate}.
2152
2153 @item --create
2154 @itemx -c
2155
2156 Creates a new @command{tar} archive. @xref{create}.
2157
2158 @item --delete
2159
2160 Deletes members from the archive. Don't try this on a archive on a
2161 tape! @xref{delete}.
2162
2163 @item --diff
2164 @itemx -d
2165
2166 Same @option{--compare}. @xref{compare}.
2167
2168 @item --extract
2169 @itemx -x
2170
2171 Extracts members from the archive into the file system. @xref{extract}.
2172
2173 @item --get
2174 @itemx -x
2175
2176 Same as @option{--extract}. @xref{extract}.
2177
2178 @item --list
2179 @itemx -t
2180
2181 Lists the members in an archive. @xref{list}.
2182
2183 @item --update
2184 @itemx -u
2185
2186 @FIXME{It was: A combination of the @option{--compare} and
2187 @option{--append} operations. This is not true and rather misleading,
2188 as @value{op-compare} does a lot more than @value{op-update} for
2189 ensuring files are identical.} Adds files to the end of the archive,
2190 but only if they are newer than their counterparts already in the
2191 archive, or if they do not already exist in the archive.
2192 @xref{update}.
2193
2194 @end table
2195
2196 @node Option Summary
2197 @subsection @command{tar} Options
2198
2199 @table @option
2200
2201 @item --absolute-names
2202 @itemx -P
2203
2204 Normally when creating an archive, @command{tar} strips an initial
2205 @samp{/} from member names. This option disables that behavior.
2206 @FIXME-xref{}
2207
2208 @item --after-date
2209
2210 (See @option{--newer}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2211
2212 @item --anchored
2213 An exclude pattern must match an initial subsequence of the name's components.
2214 @FIXME-xref{}
2215
2216 @item --atime-preserve
2217
2218 Tells @command{tar} to preserve the access time field in a file's inode when
2219 reading it. Due to limitations in the @code{utimes} system call, the
2220 modification time field is also preserved, which may cause problems if
2221 the file is simultaneously being modified by another program.
2222 This option is incompatible with incremental backups, because
2223 preserving the access time involves updating the last-changed time.
2224 Also, this option does not work on files that you do not own,
2225 unless you're root.
2226 @FIXME-xref{}
2227
2228 @item --backup=@var{backup-type}
2229
2230 Rather than deleting files from the file system, @command{tar} will
2231 back them up using simple or numbered backups, depending upon
2232 @var{backup-type}. @FIXME-xref{}
2233
2234 @item --block-number
2235 @itemx -R
2236
2237 With this option present, @command{tar} prints error messages for read errors
2238 with the block number in the archive file. @FIXME-xref{}
2239
2240 @item --blocking-factor=@var{blocking}
2241 @itemx -b @var{blocking}
2242
2243 Sets the blocking factor @command{tar} uses to @var{blocking} x 512 bytes per
2244 record. @FIXME-xref{}
2245
2246 @item --bzip2
2247 @itemx -j
2248
2249 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2250 @code{bzip2}. @FIXME-xref{}
2251
2252 @item --checkpoint
2253
2254 This option directs @command{tar} to print periodic checkpoint messages as it
2255 reads through the archive. Its intended for when you want a visual
2256 indication that @command{tar} is still running, but don't want to see
2257 @option{--verbose} output. @FIXME-xref{}
2258
2259 @item --check-links
2260 @itemx -l
2261 If this option was given, @command{tar} will check the number of links
2262 dumped for each processed file. If this number does not match the
2263 total number of hard links for the file, a warning message will be
2264 output.
2265
2266 Future versions will take @option{-l} as a short version of
2267 @option{--check-links}. However, current release still retains the old
2268 semantics for @option{-l}.
2269
2270 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2271
2272 @item --compress
2273 @itemx --uncompress
2274 @itemx -Z
2275
2276 @command{tar} will use the @command{compress} program when reading or
2277 writing the archive. This allows you to directly act on archives
2278 while saving space. @FIXME-xref{}
2279
2280 @item --confirmation
2281
2282 (See @option{--interactive}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2283
2284 @item --dereference
2285 @itemx -h
2286
2287 When creating a @command{tar} archive, @command{tar} will archive the
2288 file that a symbolic link points to, rather than archiving the
2289 symlink. @FIXME-xref{}
2290
2291 @item --directory=@var{dir}
2292 @itemx -C @var{dir}
2293
2294 When this option is specified, @command{tar} will change its current directory
2295 to @var{dir} before performing any operations. When this option is used
2296 during archive creation, it is order sensitive. @FIXME-xref{}
2297
2298 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
2299
2300 When performing operations, @command{tar} will skip files that match
2301 @var{pattern}. @FIXME-xref{}
2302
2303 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
2304 @itemx -X @var{file}
2305
2306 Similar to @option{--exclude}, except @command{tar} will use the list of
2307 patterns in the file @var{file}. @FIXME-xref{}
2308
2309 @item --exclude-caches
2310
2311 Automatically excludes all directories
2312 containing a cache directory tag. @FIXME-xref{}
2313
2314 @item --file=@var{archive}
2315 @itemx -f @var{archive}
2316
2317 @command{tar} will use the file @var{archive} as the @command{tar} archive it
2318 performs operations on, rather than @command{tar}'s compilation dependent
2319 default. @FIXME-xref{}
2320
2321 @item --files-from=@var{file}
2322 @itemx -T @var{file}
2323
2324 @command{tar} will use the contents of @var{file} as a list of archive members
2325 or files to operate on, in addition to those specified on the
2326 command-line. @FIXME-xref{}
2327
2328 @item --force-local
2329
2330 Forces @command{tar} to interpret the filename given to @option{--file}
2331 as a local file, even if it looks like a remote tape drive name.
2332 @FIXME-xref{}
2333
2334 @item --format=@var{format}
2335
2336 Selects output archive format. @var{Format} may be one of the
2337 following:
2338
2339 @table @samp
2340 @item v7
2341 Creates an archive that is compatible with Unix V7 @command{tar}.
2342
2343 @item oldgnu
2344 Creates an archive that is compatible with GNU @command{tar} version
2345 1.12 or earlier.
2346
2347 @item gnu
2348 Creates archive in GNU tar 1.13 format. Basically it is the same as
2349 @samp{oldgnu} with the only difference in the way it handles long
2350 numeric fields.
2351
2352 @item ustar
2353 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} compatible archive.
2354
2355 @item posix
2356 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-2001 archive}.
2357
2358 @end table
2359
2360 @xref{Formats}, for a detailed discussion of these formats.
2361
2362 @item --group=@var{group}
2363
2364 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group id of @var{group},
2365 rather than the group from the source file. @var{group} is first decoded
2366 as a group symbolic name, but if this interpretation fails, it has to be
2367 a decimal numeric group ID. @FIXME-xref{}
2368
2369 Also see the comments for the @value{op-owner} option.
2370
2371 @item --gzip
2372 @itemx --gunzip
2373 @itemx --ungzip
2374 @itemx -z
2375
2376 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2377 @command{gzip}, allowing @command{tar} to directly operate on several
2378 kinds of compressed archives transparently. @FIXME-xref{}
2379
2380 @item --help
2381
2382 @command{tar} will print out a short message summarizing the operations and
2383 options to @command{tar} and exit. @FIXME-xref{}
2384
2385 @item --ignore-case
2386 Ignore case when excluding files.
2387 @FIXME-xref{}
2388
2389 @item --ignore-failed-read
2390
2391 Do not exit unsuccessfully merely because an unreadable file was encountered.
2392 @xref{Reading}.
2393
2394 @item --ignore-zeros
2395 @itemx -i
2396
2397 With this option, @command{tar} will ignore zeroed blocks in the
2398 archive, which normally signals EOF. @xref{Reading}.
2399
2400 @item --incremental
2401 @itemx -G
2402
2403 Used to inform @command{tar} that it is working with an old
2404 @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup archive. It is intended
2405 primarily for backwards compatibility only. @FIXME{incremental and
2406 listed-incremental}.
2407
2408 @item --index-file=@var{file}
2409
2410 Send verbose output to @var{file} instead of to standard output.
2411
2412 @item --info-script=@var{script-file}
2413 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{script-file}
2414 @itemx -F @var{script-file}
2415
2416 When @command{tar} is performing multi-tape backups, @var{script-file} is run
2417 at the end of each tape. If @var{script-file} exits with nonzero status,
2418 @command{tar} fails immediately. @FIXME-xref{}
2419
2420 @item --interactive
2421 @itemx --confirmation
2422 @itemx -w
2423
2424 Specifies that @command{tar} should ask the user for confirmation before
2425 performing potentially destructive options, such as overwriting files.
2426 @FIXME-xref{}
2427
2428 @item --keep-newer-files
2429
2430 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive copies
2431 when extracting files from an archive.
2432
2433 @item --keep-old-files
2434 @itemx -k
2435
2436 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an archive.
2437 @xref{Writing}.
2438
2439 @item --label=@var{name}
2440 @itemx -V @var{name}
2441
2442 When creating an archive, instructs @command{tar} to write @var{name}
2443 as a name record in the archive. When extracting or listing archives,
2444 @command{tar} will only operate on archives that have a label matching
2445 the pattern specified in @var{name}. @FIXME-xref{}
2446
2447 @item --listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}
2448 @itemx -g @var{snapshot-file}
2449
2450 During a @option{--create} operation, specifies that the archive that
2451 @command{tar} creates is a new @acronym{GNU}-format incremental
2452 backup, using @var{snapshot-file} to determine which files to backup.
2453 With other operations, informs @command{tar} that the archive is in
2454 incremental format. @FIXME{incremental and listed-incremental}.
2455
2456 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
2457
2458 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
2459 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
2460 from the files. The program @command{chmod} and this @command{tar}
2461 option share the same syntax for what @var{permissions} might be.
2462 @xref{File permissions, Permissions, File permissions, fileutils,
2463 @acronym{GNU} file utilities}. This reference also has useful
2464 information for those not being overly familiar with the Unix
2465 permission system.
2466
2467 Of course, @var{permissions} might be plainly specified as an octal number.
2468 However, by using generic symbolic modifications to mode bits, this allows
2469 more flexibility. For example, the value @samp{a+rw} adds read and write
2470 permissions for everybody, while retaining executable bits on directories
2471 or on any other file already marked as executable.
2472
2473 @item --multi-volume
2474 @itemx -M
2475
2476 Informs @command{tar} that it should create or otherwise operate on a
2477 multi-volume @command{tar} archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2478
2479 @item --new-volume-script
2480
2481 (see --info-script)
2482
2483 @item -n
2484 @itemx --seek
2485
2486 Assume that the archive media supports seeks to arbitrary
2487 locations. Usually @command{tar} determines automatically whether
2488 the archive can be seeked or not. This option is intended for use
2489 in cases when such recognition fails.
2490
2491 @item --newer=@var{date}
2492 @itemx --after-date=@var{date}
2493 @itemx -N
2494
2495 When creating an archive, @command{tar} will only add files that have changed
2496 since @var{date}. If @var{date} begins with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it
2497 is taken to be the name of a file whose last-modified time specifies
2498 the date. @FIXME-xref{}
2499
2500 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
2501
2502 Like @option{--newer}, but add only files whose
2503 contents have changed (as opposed to just @option{--newer}, which will
2504 also back up files for which any status information has changed).
2505
2506 @item --no-anchored
2507 An exclude pattern can match any subsequence of the name's components.
2508 @FIXME-xref{}
2509
2510 @item --no-ignore-case
2511 Use case-sensitive matching when excluding files.
2512 @FIXME-xref{}
2513
2514 @item --no-recursion
2515
2516 With this option, @command{tar} will not recurse into directories.
2517 @FIXME-xref{}
2518
2519 @item --no-same-owner
2520 @itemx -o
2521
2522 When extracting an archive, do not attempt to preserve the owner
2523 specified in the @command{tar} archive. This the default behavior
2524 for ordinary users.
2525
2526 @item --no-same-permissions
2527
2528 When extracting an archive, subtract the user's umask from files from
2529 the permissions specified in the archive. This is the default behavior
2530 for ordinary users.
2531
2532 @item --no-wildcards
2533 Do not use wildcards when excluding files.
2534 @FIXME-xref{}
2535
2536 @item --no-wildcards-match-slash
2537 Wildcards do not match @samp{/} when excluding files.
2538 @FIXME-xref{}
2539
2540 @item --null
2541
2542 When @command{tar} is using the @option{--files-from} option, this option
2543 instructs @command{tar} to expect filenames terminated with @option{NUL}, so
2544 @command{tar} can correctly work with file names that contain newlines.
2545 @FIXME-xref{}
2546
2547 @item --numeric-owner
2548
2549 This option will notify @command{tar} that it should use numeric user
2550 and group IDs when creating a @command{tar} file, rather than names.
2551 @FIXME-xref{}
2552
2553 @item -o
2554 When extracting files, this option is a synonym for
2555 @option{--no-same-owner}, i.e. it prevents @command{tar} from
2556 restoring ownership of files being extracted.
2557
2558 When creating an archive, @option{-o} is a synonym for
2559 @option{--old-archive}. This behavior is for compatibility
2560 with previous versions of @GNUTAR{}, and will be
2561 removed in the future releases.
2562
2563 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2564
2565 @item --occurrence[=@var{number}]
2566
2567 This option can be used in conjunction with one of the subcommands
2568 @option{--delete}, @option{--diff}, @option{--extract} or
2569 @option{--list} when a list of files is given either on the command
2570 line or via @option{-T} option.
2571
2572 This option instructs @command{tar} to process only the @var{number}th
2573 occurrence of each named file. @var{Number} defaults to 1, so
2574
2575 @smallexample
2576 tar -x -f archive.tar --occurrence filename
2577 @end smallexample
2578
2579 @noindent
2580 will extract the first occurrence of @file{filename} from @file{archive.tar}
2581 and will terminate without scanning to the end of the archive.
2582
2583 @item --old-archive
2584 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
2585
2586 @item --one-file-system
2587 @itemx -l
2588 Used when creating an archive. Prevents @command{tar} from recursing into
2589 directories that are on different file systems from the current
2590 directory.
2591
2592 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} as a
2593 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Although such usage is still
2594 allowed in the present version, it is @emph{strongly discouraged}.
2595 The future versions of @GNUTAR{} will use @option{-l} as
2596 a synonym for @option{--check-links}.
2597
2598 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2599
2600 @item --overwrite
2601
2602 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
2603 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2604
2605 @item --overwrite-dir
2606
2607 Overwrite the metadata of existing directories when extracting files
2608 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2609
2610 @item --owner=@var{user}
2611
2612 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
2613 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
2614 file. @var{user} is first decoded as a user symbolic name, but if
2615 this interpretation fails, it has to be a decimal numeric user ID.
2616 @FIXME-xref{}
2617
2618 There is no value indicating a missing number, and @samp{0} usually means
2619 @code{root}. Some people like to force @samp{0} as the value to offer in
2620 their distributions for the owner of files, because the @code{root} user is
2621 anonymous anyway, so that might as well be the owner of anonymous archives.
2622
2623 This option does not affect extraction from archives.
2624
2625 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
2626
2627 This option is meaningful only with @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} archives
2628 (@FIXME-xref{}). It modifies the way @command{tar} handles the
2629 extended header keywords. @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
2630 list of keyword options, each keyword option taking one of
2631 the following forms:
2632
2633 @table @asis
2634 @item delete=@var{pattern}
2635 When used with one of archive-creation command (@FIXME-xref{}),
2636 this option instructs @command{tar} to omit from extended header records
2637 that it produces any keywords matching the string @var{pattern}.
2638
2639 When used in extract or list mode, this option instructs tar
2640 to ignore any keywords matching the given @var{pattern} in the extended
2641 header records. In both cases, matching is performed using the pattern
2642 matching notation described in @acronym{POSIX 1003.2}, 3.13 @FIXME-xref{see
2643 man 7 glob}. For example:
2644
2645 @smallexample
2646 --pax-option delete=security.*
2647 @end smallexample
2648
2649 would suppress security-related information.
2650
2651 @item exthdr.name=@var{string}
2652
2653 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into the
2654 ustar header blocks for the extended headers. The name is obtained
2655 from @var{string} after substituting the following meta-characters:
2656
2657 @multitable @columnfractions .30 .70
2658 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
2659 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
2660 result of the @command{dirname} utility on the translated pathname.
2661 @item %f @tab The filename of the file, equivalent to the result
2662 of the @command{basename} utility on the translated pathname.
2663 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
2664 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
2665 @end multitable
2666
2667 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined
2668 results.
2669
2670 If no option @samp{exthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
2671 will use the following default value:
2672
2673 @smallexample
2674 %d/PaxHeaders.%p/%f
2675 @end smallexample
2676
2677 @item globexthdr.name=@var{string}
2678 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into
2679 the ustar header blocks for global extended header records. The name
2680 shall will be obtained from the contents of @var{string}, after the
2681 following character substitutions have been made:
2682
2683 @multitable @columnfractions .30 .70
2684 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
2685 @item %n @tab An integer that represents the
2686 sequence number of the global extended header record in the archive,
2687 starting at 1.
2688 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
2689 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
2690 @end multitable
2691
2692 Any other @samp{%} characters in string produce undefined results.
2693
2694 If no option @samp{globexthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
2695 will use the following default value:
2696
2697 @smallexample
2698 $TMPDIR/GlobalHead.%p.%n
2699 @end smallexample
2700
2701 @noindent
2702 where @samp{$TMPDIR} represents the value of the @var{TMPDIR}
2703 environment variable. If @var{TMPDIR} is not set, @command{tar}
2704 uses @samp{/tmp}.
2705
2706 @item @var{keyword}=@var{value}
2707 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
2708 will be included at the beginning of the archive in a global extended
2709 header record. When used with one of archive-reading commands,
2710 @command{tar} will behave as if it has encountered these keyword/value
2711 pairs at the beginning of the archive in a global extended header
2712 record.
2713
2714 @item @var{keyword}:=@var{value}
2715 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
2716 will be included as records at the beginning of an extended header for
2717 each file. This is effectively equivalent to @var{keyword}=@var{value}
2718 form except that it creates no global extended header records.
2719
2720 When used with one of archive-reading commands, @command{tar} will
2721 behave as if these keyword/value pairs were included as records at the
2722 end of each extended header; thus, they will override any global or
2723 file-specific extended header record keywords of the same names.
2724 For example, in the command:
2725
2726 @smallexample
2727 tar --format=posix --create \
2728 --file archive --pax-option gname:=user .
2729 @end smallexample
2730
2731 the group name will be forced to a new value for all files
2732 stored in the archive.
2733 @end table
2734
2735 @item --portability
2736 @itemx --old-archive
2737 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
2738
2739 @item --posix
2740 Same as @option{--format=posix}.
2741
2742 @item --preserve
2743
2744 Synonymous with specifying both @option{--preserve-permissions} and
2745 @option{--same-order}. @FIXME-xref{}
2746
2747 @item --preserve-order
2748
2749 (See @option{--same-order}; @pxref{Reading}.)
2750
2751 @item --preserve-permissions
2752 @itemx --same-permissions
2753 @itemx -p
2754
2755 When @command{tar} is extracting an archive, it normally subtracts the
2756 users' umask from the permissions specified in the archive and uses
2757 that number as the permissions to create the destination file.
2758 Specifying this option instructs @command{tar} that it should use the
2759 permissions directly from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
2760
2761 @item --read-full-records
2762 @itemx -B
2763
2764 Specifies that @command{tar} should reblock its input, for reading
2765 from pipes on systems with buggy implementations. @xref{Reading}.
2766
2767 @item --record-size=@var{size}
2768
2769 Instructs @command{tar} to use @var{size} bytes per record when accessing the
2770 archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2771
2772 @item --recursion
2773
2774 With this option, @command{tar} recurses into directories.
2775 @FIXME-xref{}
2776
2777 @item --recursive-unlink
2778
2779 Remove existing
2780 directory hierarchies before extracting directories of the same name
2781 from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
2782
2783 @item --remove-files
2784
2785 Directs @command{tar} to remove the source file from the file system after
2786 appending it to an archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2787
2788 @item --rmt-command=@var{cmd}
2789
2790 Notifies @command{tar} that it should use @var{cmd} instead of
2791 the default @file{/usr/libexec/rmt} (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
2792
2793 @item --rsh-command=@var{cmd}
2794
2795 Notifies @command{tar} that is should use @var{cmd} to communicate with remote
2796 devices. @FIXME-xref{}
2797
2798 @item --same-order
2799 @itemx --preserve-order
2800 @itemx -s
2801
2802 This option is an optimization for @command{tar} when running on machines with
2803 small amounts of memory. It informs @command{tar} that the list of file
2804 arguments has already been sorted to match the order of files in the
2805 archive. @xref{Reading}.
2806
2807 @item --same-owner
2808
2809 When extracting an archive, @command{tar} will attempt to preserve the owner
2810 specified in the @command{tar} archive with this option present.
2811 This is the default behavior for the superuser; this option has an
2812 effect only for ordinary users. @FIXME-xref{}
2813
2814 @item --same-permissions
2815
2816 (See @option{--preserve-permissions}; @pxref{Writing}.)
2817
2818 @item --show-defaults
2819
2820 Displays the default options used by @command{tar} and exits
2821 successfully. This option is intended for use in shell scripts.
2822 Here is an example of what you can see using this option:
2823
2824 @smallexample
2825 $ tar --show-defaults
2826 --format=gnu -f- -b20
2827 @end smallexample
2828
2829 @item --show-omitted-dirs
2830
2831 Instructs @command{tar} to mention directories its skipping over when
2832 operating on a @command{tar} archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2833
2834 @item --show-stored-names
2835
2836 This option has effect only when used in conjunction with one of
2837 archive creation operations. It instructs tar to list the member names
2838 stored in the archive, as opposed to the actual file
2839 names. @xref{listing member and file names}.
2840
2841 @item --sparse
2842 @itemx -S
2843
2844 Invokes a @acronym{GNU} extension when adding files to an archive that handles
2845 sparse files efficiently. @FIXME-xref{}
2846
2847 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
2848 @itemx -K @var{name}
2849
2850 This option affects extraction only; @command{tar} will skip extracting
2851 files in the archive until it finds one that matches @var{name}.
2852 @xref{Scarce}.
2853
2854 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
2855 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
2856 extraction.@footnote{This option was called @option{--strip-path} in
2857 version 1.14.} For example, if archive @file{archive.tar} contained
2858 @file{/some/file/name}, then running
2859
2860 @smallexample
2861 tar --extract --file archive.tar --strip-components=2
2862 @end smallexample
2863
2864 @noindent
2865 would extracted this file to file @file{name}.
2866
2867 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
2868
2869 Alters the suffix @command{tar} uses when backing up files from the default
2870 @samp{~}. @FIXME-xref{}
2871
2872 @item --tape-length=@var{num}
2873 @itemx -L @var{num}
2874
2875 Specifies the length of tapes that @command{tar} is writing as being
2876 @w{@var{num} x 1024} bytes long. @FIXME-xref{}
2877
2878 @item --test-label
2879
2880 Reads the volume label. If an argument is specified, test whether it
2881 matches the volume label. @xref{--test-label option}.
2882
2883 @item --to-stdout
2884 @itemx -O
2885
2886 During extraction, @command{tar} will extract files to stdout rather
2887 than to the file system. @xref{Writing}.
2888
2889 @item --totals
2890
2891 Displays the total number of bytes written after creating an archive.
2892 @FIXME-xref{}
2893
2894 @item --touch
2895 @itemx -m
2896
2897 Sets the modification time of extracted files to the extraction time,
2898 rather than the modification time stored in the archive.
2899 @xref{Writing}.
2900
2901 @item --uncompress
2902
2903 (See @option{--compress}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2904
2905 @item --ungzip
2906
2907 (See @option{--gzip}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2908
2909 @item --unlink-first
2910 @itemx -U
2911
2912 Directs @command{tar} to remove the corresponding file from the file
2913 system before extracting it from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
2914
2915 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
2916
2917 Instructs @command{tar} to access the archive through @var{prog}, which is
2918 presumed to be a compression program of some sort. @FIXME-xref{}
2919
2920 @item --utc
2921
2922 Display file modification dates in @acronym{UTC}. This option implies
2923 @option{--verbose}.
2924
2925 @item --verbose
2926 @itemx -v
2927
2928 Specifies that @command{tar} should be more verbose about the operations its
2929 performing. This option can be specified multiple times for some
2930 operations to increase the amount of information displayed. @FIXME-xref{}
2931
2932 @item --verify
2933 @itemx -W
2934
2935 Verifies that the archive was correctly written when creating an
2936 archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2937
2938 @item --version
2939
2940 @command{tar} will print an informational message about what version
2941 it is and a copyright message, some credits, and then exit.
2942 @FIXME-xref{}
2943
2944 @item --volno-file=@var{file}
2945
2946 Used in conjunction with @option{--multi-volume}. @command{tar} will keep track
2947 of which volume of a multi-volume archive its working in @var{file}.
2948 @FIXME-xref{}
2949
2950 @item --wildcards
2951 Use wildcards when excluding files.
2952 @FIXME-xref{}
2953
2954 @item --wildcards-match-slash
2955 Wildcards match @samp{/} when excluding files.
2956 @FIXME-xref{}
2957 @end table
2958
2959 @node Short Option Summary
2960 @subsection Short Options Cross Reference
2961
2962 Here is an alphabetized list of all of the short option forms, matching
2963 them with the equivalent long option.
2964
2965 @table @option
2966
2967 @item -A
2968
2969 @option{--concatenate}
2970
2971 @item -B
2972
2973 @option{--read-full-records}
2974
2975 @item -C
2976
2977 @option{--directory}
2978
2979 @item -F
2980
2981 @option{--info-script}
2982
2983 @item -G
2984
2985 @option{--incremental}
2986
2987 @item -K
2988
2989 @option{--starting-file}
2990
2991 @item -L
2992
2993 @option{--tape-length}
2994
2995 @item -M
2996
2997 @option{--multi-volume}
2998
2999 @item -N
3000
3001 @option{--newer}
3002
3003 @item -O
3004
3005 @option{--to-stdout}
3006
3007 @item -P
3008
3009 @option{--absolute-names}
3010
3011 @item -R
3012
3013 @option{--block-number}
3014
3015 @item -S
3016
3017 @option{--sparse}
3018
3019 @item -T
3020
3021 @option{--files-from}
3022
3023 @item -U
3024
3025 @option{--unlink-first}
3026
3027 @item -V
3028
3029 @option{--label}
3030
3031 @item -W
3032
3033 @option{--verify}
3034
3035 @item -X
3036
3037 @option{--exclude-from}
3038
3039 @item -Z
3040
3041 @option{--compress}
3042
3043 @item -b
3044
3045 @option{--blocking-factor}
3046
3047 @item -c
3048
3049 @option{--create}
3050
3051 @item -d
3052
3053 @option{--compare}
3054
3055 @item -f
3056
3057 @option{--file}
3058
3059 @item -g
3060
3061 @option{--listed-incremental}
3062
3063 @item -h
3064
3065 @option{--dereference}
3066
3067 @item -i
3068
3069 @option{--ignore-zeros}
3070
3071 @item -j
3072
3073 @option{--bzip2}
3074
3075 @item -k
3076
3077 @option{--keep-old-files}
3078
3079 @item -l
3080
3081 @option{--one-file-system}. Use of this short option is deprecated. It
3082 is retained for compatibility with the earlier versions of GNU
3083 @command{tar}, and will be changed in future releases.
3084
3085 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
3086
3087 @item -m
3088
3089 @option{--touch}
3090
3091 @item -o
3092
3093 When creating --- @option{--no-same-owner}, when extracting ---
3094 @option{--portability}.
3095
3096 The later usage is deprecated. It is retained for compatibility with
3097 the earlier versions of @GNUTAR{}. In the future releases
3098 @option{-o} will be equivalent to @option{--no-same-owner} only.
3099
3100 @item -p
3101
3102 @option{--preserve-permissions}
3103
3104 @item -r
3105
3106 @option{--append}
3107
3108 @item -s
3109
3110 @option{--same-order}
3111
3112 @item -t
3113
3114 @option{--list}
3115
3116 @item -u
3117
3118 @option{--update}
3119
3120 @item -v
3121
3122 @option{--verbose}
3123
3124 @item -w
3125
3126 @option{--interactive}
3127
3128 @item -x
3129
3130 @option{--extract}
3131
3132 @item -z
3133
3134 @option{--gzip}
3135
3136 @end table
3137
3138 @node help
3139 @section @GNUTAR{} documentation
3140
3141 Being careful, the first thing is really checking that you are using
3142 @GNUTAR{}, indeed. The @value{op-version} option
3143 will generate a message giving confirmation that you are using
3144 @GNUTAR{}, with the precise version of @GNUTAR{}
3145 you are using. @command{tar} identifies itself and
3146 prints the version number to the standard output, then immediately
3147 exits successfully, without doing anything else, ignoring all other
3148 options. For example, @w{@samp{tar --version}} might return:
3149
3150 @smallexample
3151 tar (@acronym{GNU} tar) @value{VERSION}
3152 @end smallexample
3153
3154 @noindent
3155 The first occurrence of @samp{tar} in the result above is the program
3156 name in the package (for example, @command{rmt} is another program),
3157 while the second occurrence of @samp{tar} is the name of the package
3158 itself, containing possibly many programs. The package is currently
3159 named @samp{tar}, after the name of the main program it
3160 contains@footnote{There are plans to merge the @command{cpio} and
3161 @command{tar} packages into a single one which would be called
3162 @code{paxutils}. So, who knows if, one of this days, the
3163 @value{op-version} would not yield @w{@samp{tar (@acronym{GNU}
3164 paxutils) 3.2}}}.
3165
3166 Another thing you might want to do is checking the spelling or meaning
3167 of some particular @command{tar} option, without resorting to this
3168 manual, for once you have carefully read it. @GNUTAR{}
3169 has a short help feature, triggerable through the
3170 @value{op-help} option. By using this option, @command{tar} will
3171 print a usage message listing all available options on standard
3172 output, then exit successfully, without doing anything else and
3173 ignoring all other options. Even if this is only a brief summary, it
3174 may be several screens long. So, if you are not using some kind of
3175 scrollable window, you might prefer to use something like:
3176
3177 @smallexample
3178 $ @kbd{tar --help | less}
3179 @end smallexample
3180
3181 @noindent
3182 presuming, here, that you like using @command{less} for a pager. Other
3183 popular pagers are @command{more} and @command{pg}. If you know about some
3184 @var{keyword} which interests you and do not want to read all the
3185 @value{op-help} output, another common idiom is doing:
3186
3187 @smallexample
3188 tar --help | grep @var{keyword}
3189 @end smallexample
3190
3191 @noindent
3192 for getting only the pertinent lines.
3193
3194 The perceptive reader would have noticed some contradiction in the
3195 previous paragraphs. It is written that both @value{op-version} and
3196 @value{op-help} print something, and have all other options ignored. In
3197 fact, they cannot ignore each other, and one of them has to win. We do
3198 not specify which is stronger, here; experiment if you really wonder!
3199
3200 The short help output is quite succinct, and you might have to get
3201 back to the full documentation for precise points. If you are reading
3202 this paragraph, you already have the @command{tar} manual in some
3203 form. This manual is available in printed form, as a kind of small
3204 book. It may printed out of the @GNUTAR{}
3205 distribution, provided you have @TeX{} already installed somewhere,
3206 and a laser printer around. Just configure the distribution, execute
3207 the command @w{@samp{make dvi}}, then print @file{doc/tar.dvi} the
3208 usual way (contact your local guru to know how). If @GNUTAR{}
3209 has been conveniently installed at your place, this
3210 manual is also available in interactive, hypertextual form as an Info
3211 file. Just call @w{@samp{info tar}} or, if you do not have the
3212 @command{info} program handy, use the Info reader provided within
3213 @acronym{GNU} Emacs, calling @samp{tar} from the main Info menu.
3214
3215 There is currently no @code{man} page for @GNUTAR{}.
3216 If you observe such a @code{man} page on the system you are running,
3217 either it does not long to @GNUTAR{}, or it has not
3218 been produced by @acronym{GNU}. Currently, @GNUTAR{}
3219 documentation is provided in Texinfo format only, if we
3220 except, of course, the short result of @kbd{tar --help}.
3221
3222 @node verbose
3223 @section Checking @command{tar} progress
3224
3225 @cindex Progress information
3226 @cindex Status information
3227 @cindex Information on progress and status of operations
3228 @cindex Verbose operation
3229 @cindex Block number where error occurred
3230 @cindex Error message, block number of
3231 @cindex Version of the @command{tar} program
3232
3233 @cindex Getting more information during the operation
3234 @cindex Information during operation
3235 @cindex Feedback from @command{tar}
3236
3237 Typically, @command{tar} performs most operations without reporting any
3238 information to the user except error messages. When using @command{tar}
3239 with many options, particularly ones with complicated or
3240 difficult-to-predict behavior, it is possible to make serious mistakes.
3241 @command{tar} provides several options that make observing @command{tar}
3242 easier. These options cause @command{tar} to print information as it
3243 progresses in its job, and you might want to use them just for being
3244 more careful about what is going on, or merely for entertaining
3245 yourself. If you have encountered a problem when operating on an
3246 archive, however, you may need more information than just an error
3247 message in order to solve the problem. The following options can be
3248 helpful diagnostic tools.
3249
3250 Normally, the @value{op-list} command to list an archive prints just
3251 the file names (one per line) and the other commands are silent.
3252 When used with most operations, the @value{op-verbose} option causes
3253 @command{tar} to print the name of each file or archive member as it
3254 is processed. This and the other options which make @command{tar} print
3255 status information can be useful in monitoring @command{tar}.
3256
3257 With @value{op-create} or @value{op-extract}, @value{op-verbose} used once
3258 just prints the names of the files or members as they are processed.
3259 Using it twice causes @command{tar} to print a longer listing (reminiscent
3260 of @samp{ls -l}) for each member. Since @value{op-list} already prints
3261 the names of the members, @value{op-verbose} used once with @value{op-list}
3262 causes @command{tar} to print an @samp{ls -l} type listing of the files
3263 in the archive. The following examples both extract members with
3264 long list output:
3265
3266 @smallexample
3267 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=archive.tar --verbose --verbose}
3268 $ @kbd{tar xvvf archive.tar}
3269 @end smallexample
3270
3271 Verbose output appears on the standard output except when an archive is
3272 being written to the standard output, as with @samp{tar --create
3273 --file=- --verbose} (@samp{tar cfv -}, or even @samp{tar cv}---if the
3274 installer let standard output be the default archive). In that case
3275 @command{tar} writes verbose output to the standard error stream.
3276
3277 If @option{--index-file=@var{file}} is specified, @command{tar} sends
3278 verbose output to @var{file} rather than to standard output or standard
3279 error.
3280
3281 The @value{op-totals} option---which is only meaningful when used with
3282 @value{op-create}---causes @command{tar} to print the total
3283 amount written to the archive, after it has been fully created.
3284
3285 The @value{op-checkpoint} option prints an occasional message
3286 as @command{tar} reads or writes the archive. In fact, it prints
3287 a message each 10 records read or written. It is designed for
3288 those who don't need the more detailed (and voluminous) output of
3289 @value{op-block-number}, but do want visual confirmation that @command{tar}
3290 is actually making forward progress.
3291
3292 @FIXME{There is some confusion here. It seems that -R once wrote a
3293 message at @samp{every} record read or written.}
3294
3295 The @value{op-show-omitted-dirs} option, when reading an archive---with
3296 @value{op-list} or @value{op-extract}, for example---causes a message
3297 to be printed for each directory in the archive which is skipped.
3298 This happens regardless of the reason for skipping: the directory might
3299 not have been named on the command line (implicitly or explicitly),
3300 it might be excluded by the use of the @value{op-exclude} option, or
3301 some other reason.
3302
3303 If @value{op-block-number} is used, @command{tar} prints, along with
3304 every message it would normally produce, the block number within the
3305 archive where the message was triggered. Also, supplementary messages
3306 are triggered when reading blocks full of NULs, or when hitting end of
3307 file on the archive. As of now, if the archive if properly terminated
3308 with a NUL block, the reading of the file may stop before end of file
3309 is met, so the position of end of file will not usually show when
3310 @value{op-block-number} is used. Note that @GNUTAR{}
3311 drains the archive before exiting when reading the
3312 archive from a pipe.
3313
3314 This option is especially useful when reading damaged archives, since
3315 it helps pinpoint the damaged sections. It can also be used with
3316 @value{op-list} when listing a file-system backup tape, allowing you to
3317 choose among several backup tapes when retrieving a file later, in
3318 favor of the tape where the file appears earliest (closest to the
3319 front of the tape). @FIXME-xref{when the node name is set and the
3320 backup section written.}
3321
3322 @node interactive
3323 @section Asking for Confirmation During Operations
3324 @cindex Interactive operation
3325
3326 Typically, @command{tar} carries out a command without stopping for
3327 further instructions. In some situations however, you may want to
3328 exclude some files and archive members from the operation (for instance
3329 if disk or storage space is tight). You can do this by excluding
3330 certain files automatically (@pxref{Choosing}), or by performing
3331 an operation interactively, using the @value{op-interactive} option.
3332 @command{tar} also accepts @option{--confirmation} for this option.
3333
3334 When the @value{op-interactive} option is specified, before
3335 reading, writing, or deleting files, @command{tar} first prints a message
3336 for each such file, telling what operation it intends to take, then asks
3337 for confirmation on the terminal. The actions which require
3338 confirmation include adding a file to the archive, extracting a file
3339 from the archive, deleting a file from the archive, and deleting a file
3340 from disk. To confirm the action, you must type a line of input
3341 beginning with @samp{y}. If your input line begins with anything other
3342 than @samp{y}, @command{tar} skips that file.
3343
3344 If @command{tar} is reading the archive from the standard input,
3345 @command{tar} opens the file @file{/dev/tty} to support the interactive
3346 communications.
3347
3348 Verbose output is normally sent to standard output, separate from
3349 other error messages. However, if the archive is produced directly
3350 on standard output, then verbose output is mixed with errors on
3351 @code{stderr}. Producing the archive on standard output may be used
3352 as a way to avoid using disk space, when the archive is soon to be
3353 consumed by another process reading it, say. Some people felt the need
3354 of producing an archive on stdout, still willing to segregate between
3355 verbose output and error output. A possible approach would be using a
3356 named pipe to receive the archive, and having the consumer process to
3357 read from that named pipe. This has the advantage of letting standard
3358 output free to receive verbose output, all separate from errors.
3359
3360 @node operations
3361 @chapter @GNUTAR{} Operations
3362
3363 @menu
3364 * Basic tar::
3365 * Advanced tar::
3366 * create options::
3367 * extract options::
3368 * backup::
3369 * Applications::
3370 * looking ahead::
3371 @end menu
3372
3373 @node Basic tar
3374 @section Basic @GNUTAR{} Operations
3375
3376 The basic @command{tar} operations, @value{op-create}, @value{op-list} and
3377 @value{op-extract}, are currently presented and described in the tutorial
3378 chapter of this manual. This section provides some complementary notes
3379 for these operations.
3380
3381 @table @asis
3382 @item @value{op-create}
3383
3384 Creating an empty archive would have some kind of elegance. One can
3385 initialize an empty archive and later use @value{op-append} for adding
3386 all members. Some applications would not welcome making an exception
3387 in the way of adding the first archive member. On the other hand,
3388 many people reported that it is dangerously too easy for @command{tar}
3389 to destroy a magnetic tape with an empty archive@footnote{This is well
3390 described in @cite{Unix-haters Handbook}, by Simson Garfinkel, Daniel
3391 Weise & Steven Strassmann, IDG Books, ISBN 1-56884-203-1.}. The two most
3392 common errors are:
3393
3394 @enumerate
3395 @item
3396 Mistakingly using @code{create} instead of @code{extract}, when the
3397 intent was to extract the full contents of an archive. This error
3398 is likely: keys @kbd{c} and @kbd{x} are right next to each other on
3399 the QWERTY keyboard. Instead of being unpacked, the archive then
3400 gets wholly destroyed. When users speak about @dfn{exploding} an
3401 archive, they usually mean something else :-).
3402
3403 @item
3404 Forgetting the argument to @code{file}, when the intent was to create
3405 an archive with a single file in it. This error is likely because a
3406 tired user can easily add the @kbd{f} key to the cluster of option
3407 letters, by the mere force of habit, without realizing the full
3408 consequence of doing so. The usual consequence is that the single
3409 file, which was meant to be saved, is rather destroyed.
3410 @end enumerate
3411
3412 So, recognizing the likelihood and the catastrophical nature of these
3413 errors, @GNUTAR{} now takes some distance from elegance, and
3414 cowardly refuses to create an archive when @value{op-create} option is
3415 given, there are no arguments besides options, and @value{op-files-from}
3416 option is @emph{not} used. To get around the cautiousness of @GNUTAR{}
3417 and nevertheless create an archive with nothing in it,
3418 one may still use, as the value for the @value{op-files-from} option,
3419 a file with no names in it, as shown in the following commands:
3420
3421 @smallexample
3422 @kbd{tar --create --file=empty-archive.tar --files-from=/dev/null}
3423 @kbd{tar cfT empty-archive.tar /dev/null}
3424 @end smallexample
3425
3426 @item @value{op-extract}
3427
3428 A socket is stored, within a @GNUTAR{} archive, as a pipe.
3429
3430 @item @value{op-list}
3431
3432 @GNUTAR{} now shows dates as @samp{1996-08-30},
3433 while it used to show them as @samp{Aug 30 1996}. (One can revert to
3434 the old behavior by defining @code{USE_OLD_CTIME} in @file{src/list.c}
3435 before reinstalling.) But preferably, people should get used to ISO
3436 8601 dates. Local American dates should be made available again with
3437 full date localization support, once ready. In the meantime, programs
3438 not being localizable for dates should prefer international dates,
3439 that's really the way to go.
3440
3441 Look up @url{http://www.ft.uni-erlangen.de/~mskuhn/iso-time.html} if you
3442 are curious, it contains a detailed explanation of the ISO 8601 standard.
3443
3444 @end table
3445
3446 @node Advanced tar
3447 @section Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
3448
3449 Now that you have learned the basics of using @GNUTAR{}, you may want
3450 to learn about further ways in which @command{tar} can help you.
3451
3452 This chapter presents five, more advanced operations which you probably
3453 won't use on a daily basis, but which serve more specialized functions.
3454 We also explain the different styles of options and why you might want
3455 to use one or another, or a combination of them in your @command{tar}
3456 commands. Additionally, this chapter includes options which allow you to
3457 define the output from @command{tar} more carefully, and provide help and
3458 error correction in special circumstances.
3459
3460 @FIXME{check this after the chapter is actually revised to make sure
3461 it still introduces the info in the chapter correctly : ).}
3462
3463 @menu
3464 * Operations::
3465 * append::
3466 * update::
3467 * concatenate::
3468 * delete::
3469 * compare::
3470 @end menu
3471
3472 @node Operations
3473 @subsection The Five Advanced @command{tar} Operations
3474 @UNREVISED
3475
3476 In the last chapter, you learned about the first three operations to
3477 @command{tar}. This chapter presents the remaining five operations to
3478 @command{tar}: @option{--append}, @option{--update}, @option{--concatenate},
3479 @option{--delete}, and @option{--compare}.
3480
3481 You are not likely to use these operations as frequently as those
3482 covered in the last chapter; however, since they perform specialized
3483 functions, they are quite useful when you do need to use them. We
3484 will give examples using the same directory and files that you created
3485 in the last chapter. As you may recall, the directory is called
3486 @file{practice}, the files are @samp{jazz}, @samp{blues}, @samp{folk},
3487 @samp{rock}, and the two archive files you created are
3488 @samp{collection.tar} and @samp{music.tar}.
3489
3490 We will also use the archive files @samp{afiles.tar} and
3491 @samp{bfiles.tar}. @samp{afiles.tar} contains the members @samp{apple},
3492 @samp{angst}, and @samp{aspic}. @samp{bfiles.tar} contains the members
3493 @samp{./birds}, @samp{baboon}, and @samp{./box}.
3494
3495 Unless we state otherwise, all practicing you do and examples you follow
3496 in this chapter will take place in the @file{practice} directory that
3497 you created in the previous chapter; see @ref{prepare for examples}.
3498 (Below in this section, we will remind you of the state of the examples
3499 where the last chapter left them.)
3500
3501 The five operations that we will cover in this chapter are:
3502
3503 @table @option
3504 @item --append
3505 @itemx -r
3506 Add new entries to an archive that already exists.
3507 @item --update
3508 @itemx -r
3509 Add more recent copies of archive members to the end of an archive, if
3510 they exist.
3511 @item --concatenate
3512 @itemx --catenate
3513 @itemx -A
3514 Add one or more pre-existing archives to the end of another archive.
3515 @item --delete
3516 Delete items from an archive (does not work on tapes).
3517 @item --compare
3518 @itemx --diff
3519 @itemx -d
3520 Compare archive members to their counterparts in the file system.
3521 @end table
3522
3523 @node append
3524 @subsection How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
3525 @UNREVISED
3526
3527 If you want to add files to an existing archive, you don't need to
3528 create a new archive; you can use @value{op-append}. The archive must
3529 already exist in order to use @option{--append}. (A related operation
3530 is the @option{--update} operation; you can use this to add newer
3531 versions of archive members to an existing archive. To learn how to
3532 do this with @option{--update}, @pxref{update}.)
3533
3534 If you use @value{op-append} to add a file that has the same name as an
3535 archive member to an archive containing that archive member, then the
3536 old member is not deleted. What does happen, however, is somewhat
3537 complex. @command{tar} @emph{allows} you to have infinite number of files
3538 with the same name. Some operations treat these same-named members no
3539 differently than any other set of archive members: for example, if you
3540 view an archive with @value{op-list}, you will see all of those members
3541 listed, with their modification times, owners, etc.
3542
3543 Other operations don't deal with these members as perfectly as you might
3544 prefer; if you were to use @value{op-extract} to extract the archive,
3545 only the most recently added copy of a member with the same name as four
3546 other members would end up in the working directory. This is because
3547 @option{--extract} extracts an archive in the order the members appeared
3548 in the archive; the most recently archived members will be extracted
3549 last. Additionally, an extracted member will @emph{replace} a file of
3550 the same name which existed in the directory already, and @command{tar}
3551 will not prompt you about this@footnote{Unless you give it
3552 @option{--keep-old-files} option, or the disk copy is newer than the
3553 the one in the archive and you invoke @command{tar} with
3554 @option{--keep-newer-files} option}. Thus, only the most recently archived
3555 member will end up being extracted, as it will replace the one
3556 extracted before it, and so on.
3557
3558 There exists a special option that allows you to get around this
3559 behavior and extract (or list) only a particular copy of the file.
3560 This is @option{--occurrence} option. If you run @command{tar} with
3561 this option, it will extract only the first copy of the file. You
3562 may also give this option an argument specifying the number of
3563 copy to be extracted. Thus, for example if the archive
3564 @file{archive.tar} contained three copies of file @file{myfile}, then
3565 the command
3566
3567 @smallexample
3568 tar --extract --file archive.tar --occurrence=2 myfile
3569 @end smallexample
3570
3571 @noindent
3572 would extract only the second copy. @xref{Option Summary,---occurrence}, for the description of @value{op-occurrence} option.
3573
3574 @FIXME{ hag -- you might want to incorporate some of the above into the
3575 MMwtSN node; not sure. i didn't know how to make it simpler...
3576
3577 There are a few ways to get around this. (maybe xref Multiple Members
3578 with the Same Name.}
3579
3580 @cindex Members, replacing with other members
3581 @cindex Replacing members with other members
3582 If you want to replace an archive member, use @value{op-delete} to
3583 delete the member you want to remove from the archive, , and then use
3584 @option{--append} to add the member you want to be in the archive. Note
3585 that you can not change the order of the archive; the most recently
3586 added member will still appear last. In this sense, you cannot truly
3587 ``replace'' one member with another. (Replacing one member with another
3588 will not work on certain types of media, such as tapes; see @ref{delete}
3589 and @ref{Media}, for more information.)
3590
3591 @menu
3592 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
3593 * multiple::
3594 @end menu
3595
3596 @node appending files
3597 @subsubsection Appending Files to an Archive
3598 @UNREVISED
3599 @cindex Adding files to an Archive
3600 @cindex Appending files to an Archive
3601 @cindex Archives, Appending files to
3602
3603 The simplest way to add a file to an already existing archive is the
3604 @value{op-append} operation, which writes specified files into the
3605 archive whether or not they are already among the archived files.
3606 When you use @option{--append}, you @emph{must} specify file name
3607 arguments, as there is no default. If you specify a file that already
3608 exists in the archive, another copy of the file will be added to the
3609 end of the archive. As with other operations, the member names of the
3610 newly added files will be exactly the same as their names given on the
3611 command line. The @value{op-verbose} option will print out the names
3612 of the files as they are written into the archive.
3613
3614 @option{--append} cannot be performed on some tape drives, unfortunately,
3615 due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use. The archive
3616 must be a valid @command{tar} archive, or else the results of using this
3617 operation will be unpredictable. @xref{Media}.
3618
3619 To demonstrate using @option{--append} to add a file to an archive,
3620 create a file called @file{rock} in the @file{practice} directory.
3621 Make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory. Then, run the
3622 following @command{tar} command to add @file{rock} to
3623 @file{collection.tar}:
3624
3625 @smallexample
3626 $ @kbd{tar --append --file=collection.tar rock}
3627 @end smallexample
3628
3629 @noindent
3630 If you now use the @value{op-list} operation, you will see that
3631 @file{rock} has been added to the archive:
3632
3633 @smallexample
3634 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3635 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3636 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3637 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3638 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3639 @end smallexample
3640
3641 @FIXME{in theory, dan will (soon) try to turn this node into what it's
3642 title claims it will become...}
3643
3644 @node multiple
3645 @subsubsection Multiple Files with the Same Name
3646
3647 You can use @value{op-append} to add copies of files which have been
3648 updated since the archive was created. (However, we do not recommend
3649 doing this since there is another @command{tar} option called
3650 @option{--update}; @pxref{update} for more information. We describe this
3651 use of @option{--append} here for the sake of completeness.) @FIXME{is
3652 this really a good idea, to give this whole description for something
3653 which i believe is basically a Stupid way of doing something? certain
3654 aspects of it show ways in which tar is more broken than i'd personally
3655 like to admit to, specifically the last sentence. On the other hand, i
3656 don't think it's a good idea to be saying that we explicitly don't
3657 recommend using something, but i can't see any better way to deal with
3658 the situation.}When you extract the archive, the older version will be
3659 effectively lost. This works because files are extracted from an
3660 archive in the order in which they were archived. Thus, when the
3661 archive is extracted, a file archived later in time will replace a
3662 file of the same name which was archived earlier, even though the older
3663 version of the file will remain in the archive unless you delete all
3664 versions of the file.
3665
3666 Supposing you change the file @file{blues} and then append the changed
3667 version to @file{collection.tar}. As you saw above, the original
3668 @file{blues} is in the archive @file{collection.tar}. If you change the
3669 file and append the new version of the file to the archive, there will
3670 be two copies in the archive. When you extract the archive, the older
3671 version of the file will be extracted first, and then replaced by the
3672 newer version when it is extracted.
3673
3674 You can append the new, changed copy of the file @file{blues} to the
3675 archive in this way:
3676
3677 @smallexample
3678 $ @kbd{tar --append --verbose --file=collection.tar blues}
3679 blues
3680 @end smallexample
3681
3682 @noindent
3683 Because you specified the @option{--verbose} option, @command{tar} has
3684 printed the name of the file being appended as it was acted on. Now
3685 list the contents of the archive:
3686
3687 @smallexample
3688 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar}
3689 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3690 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3691 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3692 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3693 -rw-rw-rw- me user 58 1996-10-24 18:30 blues
3694 @end smallexample
3695
3696 @noindent
3697 The newest version of @file{blues} is now at the end of the archive
3698 (note the different creation dates and file sizes). If you extract
3699 the archive, the older version of the file @file{blues} will be
3700 replaced by the newer version. You can confirm this by extracting
3701 the archive and running @samp{ls} on the directory.
3702
3703 If you wish to extract the first occurrence of the file @file{blues}
3704 from the archive, use @value{op-occurrence} option, as shown in
3705 the following example:
3706
3707 @smallexample
3708 $ @kbd{tar --extract -vv --occurrence --file=collection.tar blues}
3709 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3710 @end smallexample
3711
3712 @xref{Writing}, for more information on @value{op-extract} and
3713 @xref{Option Summary, --occurrence}, for the description of
3714 @value{op-occurrence} option.
3715
3716 @node update
3717 @subsection Updating an Archive
3718 @UNREVISED
3719 @cindex Updating an archive
3720
3721 In the previous section, you learned how to use @value{op-append} to add
3722 a file to an existing archive. A related operation is
3723 @value{op-update}. The @option{--update} operation updates a @command{tar}
3724 archive by comparing the date of the specified archive members against
3725 the date of the file with the same name. If the file has been modified
3726 more recently than the archive member, then the newer version of the
3727 file is added to the archive (as with @value{op-append}).
3728
3729 Unfortunately, you cannot use @option{--update} with magnetic tape drives.
3730 The operation will fail.
3731
3732 @FIXME{other examples of media on which --update will fail? need to ask
3733 charles and/or mib/thomas/dave shevett..}
3734
3735 Both @option{--update} and @option{--append} work by adding to the end
3736 of the archive. When you extract a file from the archive, only the
3737 version stored last will wind up in the file system, unless you use
3738 the @value{op-backup} option. @FIXME-ref{Multiple Members with the
3739 Same Name}
3740
3741 @menu
3742 * how to update::
3743 @end menu
3744
3745 @node how to update
3746 @subsubsection How to Update an Archive Using @option{--update}
3747
3748 You must use file name arguments with the @value{op-update} operation.
3749 If you don't specify any files, @command{tar} won't act on any files and
3750 won't tell you that it didn't do anything (which may end up confusing
3751 you).
3752
3753 @FIXME{note: the above parenthetical added because in fact, this
3754 behavior just confused the author. :-) }
3755
3756 To see the @option{--update} option at work, create a new file,
3757 @file{classical}, in your practice directory, and some extra text to the
3758 file @file{blues}, using any text editor. Then invoke @command{tar} with
3759 the @samp{update} operation and the @value{op-verbose} option specified,
3760 using the names of all the files in the practice directory as file name
3761 arguments:
3762
3763 @smallexample
3764 $ @kbd{tar --update -v -f collection.tar blues folk rock classical}
3765 blues
3766 classical
3767 $
3768 @end smallexample
3769
3770 @noindent
3771 Because we have specified verbose mode, @command{tar} prints out the names
3772 of the files it is working on, which in this case are the names of the
3773 files that needed to be updated. If you run @samp{tar --list} and look
3774 at the archive, you will see @file{blues} and @file{classical} at its
3775 end. There will be a total of two versions of the member @samp{blues};
3776 the one at the end will be newer and larger, since you added text before
3777 updating it.
3778
3779 (The reason @command{tar} does not overwrite the older file when updating
3780 it is because writing to the middle of a section of tape is a difficult
3781 process. Tapes are not designed to go backward. @xref{Media}, for more
3782 information about tapes.
3783
3784 @value{op-update} is not suitable for performing backups for two
3785 reasons: it does not change directory content entries, and it
3786 lengthens the archive every time it is used. The @GNUTAR{}
3787 options intended specifically for backups are more
3788 efficient. If you need to run backups, please consult @ref{Backups}.
3789
3790 @node concatenate
3791 @subsection Combining Archives with @option{--concatenate}
3792
3793 @cindex Adding archives to an archive
3794 @cindex Concatenating Archives
3795 Sometimes it may be convenient to add a second archive onto the end of
3796 an archive rather than adding individual files to the archive. To add
3797 one or more archives to the end of another archive, you should use the
3798 @value{op-concatenate} operation.
3799
3800 To use @option{--concatenate}, name the archives to be concatenated on the
3801 command line. (Nothing happens if you don't list any.) The members,
3802 and their member names, will be copied verbatim from those archives. If
3803 this causes multiple members to have the same name, it does not delete
3804 any members; all the members with the same name coexist. @FIXME-ref{For
3805 information on how this affects reading the archive, Multiple
3806 Members with the Same Name.}
3807
3808 To demonstrate how @option{--concatenate} works, create two small archives
3809 called @file{bluesrock.tar} and @file{folkjazz.tar}, using the relevant
3810 files from @file{practice}:
3811
3812 @smallexample
3813 $ @kbd{tar -cvf bluesrock.tar blues rock}
3814 blues
3815 classical
3816 $ @kbd{tar -cvf folkjazz.tar folk jazz}
3817 folk
3818 jazz
3819 @end smallexample
3820
3821 @noindent
3822 If you like, You can run @samp{tar --list} to make sure the archives
3823 contain what they are supposed to:
3824
3825 @smallexample
3826 $ @kbd{tar -tvf bluesrock.tar}
3827 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 105 1997-01-21 19:42 blues
3828 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 33 1997-01-20 15:34 rock
3829 $ @kbd{tar -tvf folkjazz.tar}
3830 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3831 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 65 1997-01-30 14:15 jazz
3832 @end smallexample
3833
3834 We can concatenate these two archives with @command{tar}:
3835
3836 @smallexample
3837 $ @kbd{cd ..}
3838 $ @kbd{tar --concatenate --file=bluesrock.tar jazzfolk.tar}
3839 @end smallexample
3840
3841 If you now list the contents of the @file{bluesclass.tar}, you will see
3842 that now it also contains the archive members of @file{jazzfolk.tar}:
3843
3844 @smallexample
3845 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bluesrock.tar}
3846 blues
3847 rock
3848 jazz
3849 folk
3850 @end smallexample
3851
3852 When you use @option{--concatenate}, the source and target archives must
3853 already exist and must have been created using compatible format
3854 parameters. @FIXME-pxref{Matching Format Parameters}The new,
3855 concatenated archive will be called by the same name as the first
3856 archive listed on the command line. @FIXME{is there a way to specify a
3857 new name?}
3858
3859 Like @value{op-append}, this operation cannot be performed on some
3860 tape drives, due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use.
3861
3862 @cindex @code{concatenate} vs @command{cat}
3863 @cindex @command{cat} vs @code{concatenate}
3864 It may seem more intuitive to you to want or try to use @command{cat} to
3865 concatenate two archives instead of using the @option{--concatenate}
3866 operation; after all, @command{cat} is the utility for combining files.
3867
3868 However, @command{tar} archives incorporate an end-of-file marker which
3869 must be removed if the concatenated archives are to be read properly as
3870 one archive. @option{--concatenate} removes the end-of-archive marker
3871 from the target archive before each new archive is appended. If you use
3872 @command{cat} to combine the archives, the result will not be a valid
3873 @command{tar} format archive. If you need to retrieve files from an
3874 archive that was added to using the @command{cat} utility, use the
3875 @value{op-ignore-zeros} option. @xref{Ignore Zeros}, for further
3876 information on dealing with archives improperly combined using the
3877 @command{cat} shell utility.
3878
3879 @FIXME{this shouldn't go here. where should it go?} You must specify
3880 the source archives using @value{op-file} (@value{pxref-file}). If you
3881 do not specify the target archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
3882 environment variable @env{TAPE}, or, if this has not been set, the
3883 default archive name.
3884
3885 @node delete
3886 @subsection Removing Archive Members Using @option{--delete}
3887 @UNREVISED
3888 @cindex Deleting files from an archive
3889 @cindex Removing files from an archive
3890
3891 You can remove members from an archive by using the @value{op-delete}
3892 option. Specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file} and then
3893 specify the names of the members to be deleted; if you list no member
3894 names, nothing will be deleted. The @value{op-verbose} option will
3895 cause @command{tar} to print the names of the members as they are deleted.
3896 As with @value{op-extract}, you must give the exact member names when
3897 using @samp{tar --delete}. @option{--delete} will remove all versions of
3898 the named file from the archive. The @option{--delete} operation can run
3899 very slowly.
3900
3901 Unlike other operations, @option{--delete} has no short form.
3902
3903 @cindex Tapes, using @option{--delete} and
3904 @cindex Deleting from tape archives
3905 This operation will rewrite the archive. You can only use
3906 @option{--delete} on an archive if the archive device allows you to
3907 write to any point on the media, such as a disk; because of this, it
3908 does not work on magnetic tapes. Do not try to delete an archive member
3909 from a magnetic tape; the action will not succeed, and you will be
3910 likely to scramble the archive and damage your tape. There is no safe
3911 way (except by completely re-writing the archive) to delete files from
3912 most kinds of magnetic tape. @xref{Media}.
3913
3914 To delete all versions of the file @file{blues} from the archive
3915 @file{collection.tar} in the @file{practice} directory, make sure you
3916 are in that directory, and then,
3917
3918 @smallexample
3919 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3920 blues
3921 folk
3922 jazz
3923 rock
3924 practice/blues
3925 practice/folk
3926 practice/jazz
3927 practice/rock
3928 practice/blues
3929 $ @kbd{tar --delete --file=collection.tar blues}
3930 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3931 folk
3932 jazz
3933 rock
3934 $
3935 @end smallexample
3936
3937 @FIXME{I changed the order of these nodes around and haven't had a chance
3938 to fix the above example's results, yet. I have to play with this and
3939 follow it and see what it actually does!}
3940
3941 The @value{op-delete} option has been reported to work properly when
3942 @command{tar} acts as a filter from @code{stdin} to @code{stdout}.
3943
3944 @node compare
3945 @subsection Comparing Archive Members with the File System
3946 @cindex Verifying the currency of an archive
3947 @UNREVISED
3948
3949 The @option{--compare} (@option{-d}), or @option{--diff} operation compares
3950 specified archive members against files with the same names, and then
3951 reports differences in file size, mode, owner, modification date and
3952 contents. You should @emph{only} specify archive member names, not file
3953 names. If you do not name any members, then @command{tar} will compare the
3954 entire archive. If a file is represented in the archive but does not
3955 exist in the file system, @command{tar} reports a difference.
3956
3957 You have to specify the record size of the archive when modifying an
3958 archive with a non-default record size.
3959
3960 @command{tar} ignores files in the file system that do not have
3961 corresponding members in the archive.
3962
3963 The following example compares the archive members @file{rock},
3964 @file{blues} and @file{funk} in the archive @file{bluesrock.tar} with
3965 files of the same name in the file system. (Note that there is no file,
3966 @file{funk}; @command{tar} will report an error message.)
3967
3968 @smallexample
3969 $ @kbd{tar --compare --file=bluesrock.tar rock blues funk}
3970 rock
3971 blues
3972 tar: funk not found in archive
3973 @end smallexample
3974
3975 @noindent
3976 @FIXME{what does this actually depend on? i'm making a guess,
3977 here.}Depending on the system where you are running @command{tar} and the
3978 version you are running, @command{tar} may have a different error message,
3979 such as:
3980
3981 @smallexample
3982 funk: does not exist
3983 @end smallexample
3984
3985 @FIXME-xref{somewhere, for more information about format parameters.
3986 Melissa says: such as "format variations"? But why? Clearly I don't
3987 get it yet; I'll deal when I get to that section.}
3988
3989 The spirit behind the @value{op-compare} option is to check whether the
3990 archive represents the current state of files on disk, more than validating
3991 the integrity of the archive media. For this later goal, @xref{verify}.
3992
3993 @node create options
3994 @section Options Used by @option{--create}
3995
3996 The previous chapter described the basics of how to use
3997 @value{op-create} to create an archive from a set of files.
3998 @xref{create}. This section described advanced options to be used with
3999 @option{--create}.
4000
4001 @menu
4002 * Ignore Failed Read::
4003 @end menu
4004
4005 @node Ignore Failed Read
4006 @subsection Ignore Fail Read
4007
4008 @table @option
4009 @item --ignore-failed-read
4010 Do not exit with nonzero on unreadable files or directories.
4011 @end table
4012
4013 @node extract options
4014 @section Options Used by @option{--extract}
4015 @UNREVISED
4016
4017 @FIXME{i need to get dan to go over these options with me and see if
4018 there's a better way of organizing them.}
4019
4020 The previous chapter showed how to use @value{op-extract} to extract
4021 an archive into the filesystem. Various options cause @command{tar} to
4022 extract more information than just file contents, such as the owner,
4023 the permissions, the modification date, and so forth. This section
4024 presents options to be used with @option{--extract} when certain special
4025 considerations arise. You may review the information presented in
4026 @ref{extract} for more basic information about the
4027 @option{--extract} operation.
4028
4029 @menu
4030 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
4031 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4032 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
4033 @end menu
4034
4035 @node Reading
4036 @subsection Options to Help Read Archives
4037 @cindex Options when reading archives
4038 @cindex Reading incomplete records
4039 @cindex Records, incomplete
4040 @cindex End-of-archive entries, ignoring
4041 @cindex Ignoring end-of-archive entries
4042 @cindex Large lists of file names on small machines
4043 @cindex Small memory
4044 @cindex Running out of space
4045 @UNREVISED
4046
4047 Normally, @command{tar} will request data in full record increments from
4048 an archive storage device. If the device cannot return a full record,
4049 @command{tar} will report an error. However, some devices do not always
4050 return full records, or do not require the last record of an archive to
4051 be padded out to the next record boundary. To keep reading until you
4052 obtain a full record, or to accept an incomplete record if it contains
4053 an end-of-archive marker, specify the @value{op-read-full-records} option
4054 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} operations.
4055 @value{xref-read-full-records}.
4056
4057 The @value{op-read-full-records} option is turned on by default when
4058 @command{tar} reads an archive from standard input, or from a remote
4059 machine. This is because on BSD Unix systems, attempting to read a
4060 pipe returns however much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is
4061 less than was requested. If this option were not enabled, @command{tar}
4062 would fail as soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
4063
4064 If you're not sure of the blocking factor of an archive, you can
4065 read the archive by specifying @value{op-read-full-records} and
4066 @value{op-blocking-factor}, using a blocking factor larger than what the
4067 archive uses. This lets you avoid having to determine the blocking factor
4068 of an archive. @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
4069
4070 @menu
4071 * read full records::
4072 * Ignore Zeros::
4073 @end menu
4074
4075 @node read full records
4076 @unnumberedsubsubsec Reading Full Records
4077
4078 @FIXME{need sentence or so of intro here}
4079
4080 @table @option
4081 @item --read-full-records
4082 @item -B
4083 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract} to read an archive which
4084 contains incomplete records, or one which has a blocking factor less
4085 than the one specified.
4086 @end table
4087
4088 @node Ignore Zeros
4089 @unnumberedsubsubsec Ignoring Blocks of Zeros
4090
4091 Normally, @command{tar} stops reading when it encounters a block of zeros
4092 between file entries (which usually indicates the end of the archive).
4093 @value{op-ignore-zeros} allows @command{tar} to completely read an archive
4094 which contains a block of zeros before the end (i.e., a damaged
4095 archive, or one that was created by concatenating several archives
4096 together).
4097
4098 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option is turned off by default because many
4099 versions of @command{tar} write garbage after the end-of-archive entry,
4100 since that part of the media is never supposed to be read. @GNUTAR{}
4101 does not write after the end of an archive, but seeks to
4102 maintain compatiblity among archiving utilities.
4103
4104 @table @option
4105 @item --ignore-zeros
4106 @itemx -i
4107 To ignore blocks of zeros (i.e., end-of-archive entries) which may be
4108 encountered while reading an archive. Use in conjunction with
4109 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4110 @end table
4111
4112 @node Writing
4113 @subsection Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4114 @cindex Overwriting old files, prevention
4115 @cindex Protecting old files
4116 @cindex Modification times of extracted files
4117 @cindex Permissions of extracted files
4118 @cindex Modes of extracted files
4119 @cindex Writing extracted files to standard output
4120 @cindex Standard output, writing extracted files to
4121 @UNREVISED
4122
4123 @FIXME{need to mention the brand new option, --backup}
4124
4125 @menu
4126 * Dealing with Old Files::
4127 * Overwrite Old Files::
4128 * Keep Old Files::
4129 * Keep Newer Files::
4130 * Unlink First::
4131 * Recursive Unlink::
4132 * Modification Times::
4133 * Setting Access Permissions::
4134 * Writing to Standard Output::
4135 * remove files::
4136 @end menu
4137
4138 @node Dealing with Old Files
4139 @unnumberedsubsubsec Options Controlling the Overwriting of Existing Files
4140
4141 When extracting files, if @command{tar} discovers that the extracted
4142 file already exists, it normally replaces the file by removing it before
4143 extracting it, to prevent confusion in the presence of hard or symbolic
4144 links. (If the existing file is a symbolic link, it is removed, not
4145 followed.) However, if a directory cannot be removed because it is
4146 nonempty, @command{tar} normally overwrites its metadata (ownership,
4147 permission, etc.). The @option{--overwrite-dir} option enables this
4148 default behavior. To be more cautious and preserve the metadata of
4149 such a directory, use the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option.
4150
4151 To be even more cautious and prevent existing files from being replaced, use
4152 the @value{op-keep-old-files} option. It causes @command{tar} to refuse
4153 to replace or update a file that already exists, i.e., a file with the
4154 same name as an archive member prevents extraction of that archive
4155 member. Instead, it reports an error.
4156
4157 To be more aggressive about altering existing files, use the
4158 @value{op-overwrite} option. It causes @command{tar} to overwrite
4159 existing files and to follow existing symbolic links when extracting.
4160
4161 Some people argue that @GNUTAR{} should not hesitate
4162 to overwrite files with other files when extracting. When extracting
4163 a @command{tar} archive, they expect to see a faithful copy of the
4164 state of the filesystem when the archive was created. It is debatable
4165 that this would always be a proper behavior. For example, suppose one
4166 has an archive in which @file{usr/local} is a link to
4167 @file{usr/local2}. Since then, maybe the site removed the link and
4168 renamed the whole hierarchy from @file{/usr/local2} to
4169 @file{/usr/local}. Such things happen all the time. I guess it would
4170 not be welcome at all that @GNUTAR{} removes the
4171 whole hierarchy just to make room for the link to be reinstated
4172 (unless it @emph{also} simultaneously restores the full
4173 @file{/usr/local2}, of course!) @GNUTAR{} is indeed
4174 able to remove a whole hierarchy to reestablish a symbolic link, for
4175 example, but @emph{only if} @value{op-recursive-unlink} is specified
4176 to allow this behavior. In any case, single files are silently
4177 removed.
4178
4179 Finally, the @value{op-unlink-first} option can improve performance in
4180 some cases by causing @command{tar} to remove files unconditionally
4181 before extracting them.
4182
4183 @node Overwrite Old Files
4184 @unnumberedsubsubsec Overwrite Old Files
4185
4186 @table @option
4187 @item --overwrite
4188 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
4189 from an archive.
4190
4191 This
4192 causes @command{tar} to write extracted files into the file system without
4193 regard to the files already on the system; i.e., files with the same
4194 names as archive members are overwritten when the archive is extracted.
4195 It also causes @command{tar} to extract the ownership, permissions,
4196 and time stamps onto any preexisting files or directories.
4197 If the name of a corresponding file name is a symbolic link, the file
4198 pointed to by the symbolic link will be overwritten instead of the
4199 symbolic link itself (if this is possible). Moreover, special devices,
4200 empty directories and even symbolic links are automatically removed if
4201 they are in the way of extraction.
4202
4203 Be careful when using the @value{op-overwrite} option, particularly when
4204 combined with the @value{op-absolute-names} option, as this combination
4205 can change the contents, ownership or permissions of any file on your
4206 system. Also, many systems do not take kindly to overwriting files that
4207 are currently being executed.
4208
4209 @item --overwrite-dir
4210 Overwrite the metadata of directories when extracting files from an
4211 archive, but remove other files before extracting.
4212 @end table
4213
4214 @node Keep Old Files
4215 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Old Files
4216
4217 @table @option
4218 @item --keep-old-files
4219 @itemx -k
4220 Do not replace existing files from archive. The
4221 @value{op-keep-old-files} option prevents @command{tar} from replacing
4222 existing files with files with the same name from the archive.
4223 The @value{op-keep-old-files} option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4224 Prevents @command{tar} from replacing files in the file system during
4225 extraction.
4226 @end table
4227
4228 @node Keep Newer Files
4229 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Newer Files
4230
4231 @table @option
4232 @item --keep-newer-files
4233 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive
4234 copies. This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4235 @end table
4236
4237 @node Unlink First
4238 @unnumberedsubsubsec Unlink First
4239
4240 @table @option
4241 @item --unlink-first
4242 @itemx -U
4243 Remove files before extracting over them.
4244 This can make @command{tar} run a bit faster if you know in advance
4245 that the extracted files all need to be removed. Normally this option
4246 slows @command{tar} down slightly, so it is disabled by default.
4247 @end table
4248
4249 @node Recursive Unlink
4250 @unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Unlink
4251
4252 @table @option
4253 @item --recursive-unlink
4254 When this option is specified, try removing files and directory hierarchies
4255 before extracting over them. @emph{This is a dangerous option!}
4256 @end table
4257
4258 If you specify the @value{op-recursive-unlink} option,
4259 @command{tar} removes @emph{anything} that keeps you from extracting a file
4260 as far as current permissions will allow it. This could include removal
4261 of the contents of a full directory hierarchy.
4262
4263 @node Modification Times
4264 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Modification Times
4265
4266 Normally, @command{tar} sets the modification times of extracted files to
4267 the modification times recorded for the files in the archive, but
4268 limits the permissions of extracted files by the current @code{umask}
4269 setting.
4270
4271 To set the modification times of extracted files to the time when
4272 the files were extracted, use the @value{op-touch} option in
4273 conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4274
4275 @table @option
4276 @item --touch
4277 @itemx -m
4278 Sets the modification time of extracted archive members to the time
4279 they were extracted, not the time recorded for them in the archive.
4280 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4281 @end table
4282
4283 @node Setting Access Permissions
4284 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Access Permissions
4285
4286 To set the modes (access permissions) of extracted files to those
4287 recorded for those files in the archive, use @option{--same-permissions}
4288 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} operation. @FIXME{Should be
4289 aliased to ignore-umask.}
4290
4291 @table @option
4292 @item --preserve-permission
4293 @itemx --same-permission
4294 @itemx --ignore-umask
4295 @itemx -p
4296 Set modes of extracted archive members to those recorded in the
4297 archive, instead of current umask settings. Use in conjunction with
4298 @value{op-extract}.
4299 @end table
4300
4301 @FIXME{Following paragraph needs to be rewritten: why doesn't this cat
4302 files together, why is this useful. is it really useful with
4303 more than one file?}
4304
4305 @node Writing to Standard Output
4306 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to Standard Output
4307
4308 To write the extracted files to the standard output, instead of
4309 creating the files on the file system, use @value{op-to-stdout} in
4310 conjunction with @value{op-extract}. This option is useful if you are
4311 extracting files to send them through a pipe, and do not need to
4312 preserve them in the file system. If you extract multiple members,
4313 they appear on standard output concatenated, in the order they are
4314 found in the archive.
4315
4316 @table @option
4317 @item --to-stdout
4318 @itemx -O
4319 Writes files to the standard output. Used in conjunction with
4320 @value{op-extract}. Extract files to standard output. When this option
4321 is used, instead of creating the files specified, @command{tar} writes
4322 the contents of the files extracted to its standard output. This may
4323 be useful if you are only extracting the files in order to send them
4324 through a pipe. This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4325 @end table
4326
4327 This can be useful, for example, if you have a tar archive containing
4328 a big file and don't want to store the file on disk before processing
4329 it. You can use a command like this:
4330
4331 @smallexample
4332 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile | process
4333 @end smallexample
4334
4335 or even like this if you want to process the concatenation of the files:
4336
4337 @smallexample
4338 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile1 bigfile2 | process
4339 @end smallexample
4340
4341 @node remove files
4342 @unnumberedsubsubsec Removing Files
4343
4344 @FIXME{the various macros in the front of the manual think that this
4345 option goes in this section. i have no idea; i only know it's nowhere
4346 else in the book...}
4347
4348 @table @option
4349 @item --remove-files
4350 Remove files after adding them to the archive.
4351 @end table
4352
4353 @node Scarce
4354 @subsection Coping with Scarce Resources
4355 @cindex Middle of the archive, starting in the
4356 @cindex Running out of space during extraction
4357 @cindex Disk space, running out of
4358 @cindex Space on the disk, recovering from lack of
4359 @UNREVISED
4360
4361 @menu
4362 * Starting File::
4363 * Same Order::
4364 @end menu
4365
4366 @node Starting File
4367 @unnumberedsubsubsec Starting File
4368
4369 @table @option
4370 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
4371 @itemx -K @var{name}
4372 Starts an operation in the middle of an archive. Use in conjunction
4373 with @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4374 @end table
4375
4376 If a previous attempt to extract files failed due to lack of disk
4377 space, you can use @value{op-starting-file} to start extracting only
4378 after member @var{name} of the archive. This assumes, of course, that
4379 there is now free space, or that you are now extracting into a
4380 different file system. (You could also choose to suspend @command{tar},
4381 remove unnecessary files from the file system, and then restart the
4382 same @command{tar} operation. In this case, @value{op-starting-file} is
4383 not necessary. @value{xref-incremental}, @value{xref-interactive},
4384 and @value{ref-exclude}.)
4385
4386 @node Same Order
4387 @unnumberedsubsubsec Same Order
4388
4389 @table @option
4390 @item --same-order
4391 @itemx --preserve-order
4392 @itemx -s
4393 To process large lists of file names on machines with small amounts of
4394 memory. Use in conjunction with @value{op-compare},
4395 @value{op-list}
4396 or @value{op-extract}.
4397 @end table
4398
4399 @FIXME{we don't need/want --preserve to exist any more (from melissa:
4400 ie, don't want that *version* of the option to exist, or don't want
4401 the option to exist in either version?}
4402
4403 @FIXME{i think this explanation is lacking.}
4404
4405 The @value{op-same-order} option tells @command{tar} that the list of file
4406 names to be listed or extracted is sorted in the same order as the
4407 files in the archive. This allows a large list of names to be used,
4408 even on a small machine that would not otherwise be able to hold all
4409 the names in memory at the same time. Such a sorted list can easily be
4410 created by running @samp{tar -t} on the archive and editing its output.
4411
4412 This option is probably never needed on modern computer systems.
4413
4414 @node backup
4415 @section Backup options
4416
4417 @cindex backup options
4418
4419 @GNUTAR{} offers options for making backups of files
4420 before writing new versions. These options control the details of
4421 these backups. They may apply to the archive itself before it is
4422 created or rewritten, as well as individual extracted members. Other
4423 @acronym{GNU} programs (@command{cp}, @command{install}, @command{ln},
4424 and @command{mv}, for example) offer similar options.
4425
4426 Backup options may prove unexpectedly useful when extracting archives
4427 containing many members having identical name, or when extracting archives
4428 on systems having file name limitations, making different members appear
4429 has having similar names through the side-effect of name truncation.
4430 (This is true only if we have a good scheme for truncated backup names,
4431 which I'm not sure at all: I suspect work is needed in this area.)
4432 When any existing file is backed up before being overwritten by extraction,
4433 then clashing files are automatically be renamed to be unique, and the
4434 true name is kept for only the last file of a series of clashing files.
4435 By using verbose mode, users may track exactly what happens.
4436
4437 At the detail level, some decisions are still experimental, and may
4438 change in the future, we are waiting comments from our users. So, please
4439 do not learn to depend blindly on the details of the backup features.
4440 For example, currently, directories themselves are never renamed through
4441 using these options, so, extracting a file over a directory still has
4442 good chances to fail. Also, backup options apply to created archives,
4443 not only to extracted members. For created archives, backups will not
4444 be attempted when the archive is a block or character device, or when it
4445 refers to a remote file.
4446
4447 For the sake of simplicity and efficiency, backups are made by renaming old
4448 files prior to creation or extraction, and not by copying. The original
4449 name is restored if the file creation fails. If a failure occurs after a
4450 partial extraction of a file, both the backup and the partially extracted
4451 file are kept.
4452
4453 @table @samp
4454
4455 @item --backup[=@var{method}]
4456 @opindex --backup
4457 @vindex VERSION_CONTROL
4458 @cindex backups
4459 Back up files that are about to be overwritten or removed.
4460 Without this option, the original versions are destroyed.
4461
4462 Use @var{method} to determine the type of backups made.
4463 If @var{method} is not specified, use the value of the @env{VERSION_CONTROL}
4464 environment variable. And if @env{VERSION_CONTROL} is not set,
4465 use the @samp{existing} method.
4466
4467 @vindex version-control @r{Emacs variable}
4468 This option corresponds to the Emacs variable @samp{version-control};
4469 the same values for @var{method} are accepted as in Emacs. This option
4470 also allows more descriptive names. The valid @var{method}s are:
4471
4472 @table @samp
4473 @item t
4474 @itemx numbered
4475 @opindex numbered @r{backup method}
4476 Always make numbered backups.
4477
4478 @item nil
4479 @itemx existing
4480 @opindex existing @r{backup method}
4481 Make numbered backups of files that already have them, simple backups
4482 of the others.
4483
4484 @item never
4485 @itemx simple
4486 @opindex simple @r{backup method}
4487 Always make simple backups.
4488
4489 @end table
4490
4491 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
4492 @opindex --suffix
4493 @cindex backup suffix
4494 @vindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
4495 Append @var{suffix} to each backup file made with @option{--backup}. If this
4496 option is not specified, the value of the @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}
4497 environment variable is used. And if @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX} is not
4498 set, the default is @samp{~}, just as in Emacs.
4499
4500 @end table
4501
4502 Some people express the desire to @emph{always} use the @value{op-backup}
4503 option, by defining some kind of alias or script. This is not as easy
4504 as one may think, due to the fact that old style options should appear first
4505 and consume arguments a bit unpredictably for an alias or script. But,
4506 if you are ready to give up using old style options, you may resort to
4507 using something like (a Bourne shell function here):
4508
4509 @smallexample
4510 tar () @{ /usr/local/bin/tar --backup $*; @}
4511 @end smallexample
4512
4513 @node Applications
4514 @section Notable @command{tar} Usages
4515 @UNREVISED
4516
4517 @FIXME{Using Unix file linking capability to recreate directory
4518 structures---linking files into one subdirectory and then
4519 @command{tar}ring that directory.}
4520
4521 @FIXME{Nice hairy example using absolute-names, newer, etc.}
4522
4523 @findex uuencode
4524 You can easily use archive files to transport a group of files from
4525 one system to another: put all relevant files into an archive on one
4526 computer system, transfer the archive to another system, and extract
4527 the contents there. The basic transfer medium might be magnetic tape,
4528 Internet FTP, or even electronic mail (though you must encode the
4529 archive with @command{uuencode} in order to transport it properly by
4530 mail). Both machines do not have to use the same operating system, as
4531 long as they both support the @command{tar} program.
4532
4533 For example, here is how you might copy a directory's contents from
4534 one disk to another, while preserving the dates, modes, owners and
4535 link-structure of all the files therein. In this case, the transfer
4536 medium is a @dfn{pipe}, which is one a Unix redirection mechanism:
4537
4538 @smallexample
4539 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
4540 @end smallexample
4541
4542 @noindent
4543 The command also works using short option forms:
4544
4545 @smallexample
4546 $ @w{@kbd{cd sourcedir; tar --create --file=- . | (cd targetdir; tar --extract --file=-)}}
4547 @end smallexample
4548
4549 @noindent
4550 This is one of the easiest methods to transfer a @command{tar} archive.
4551
4552 @node looking ahead
4553 @section Looking Ahead: The Rest of this Manual
4554
4555 You have now seen how to use all eight of the operations available to
4556 @command{tar}, and a number of the possible options. The next chapter
4557 explains how to choose and change file and archive names, how to use
4558 files to store names of other files which you can then call as
4559 arguments to @command{tar} (this can help you save time if you expect to
4560 archive the same list of files a number of times), and so forth.
4561 @FIXME{in case it's not obvious, i'm making this up in some sense
4562 based on my limited memory of what the next chapter *really* does. i
4563 just wanted to flesh out this final section a little bit so i'd
4564 remember to stick it in here. :-)}
4565
4566 If there are too many files to conveniently list on the command line,
4567 you can list the names in a file, and @command{tar} will read that file.
4568 @value{xref-files-from}.
4569
4570 There are various ways of causing @command{tar} to skip over some files,
4571 and not archive them. @xref{Choosing}.
4572
4573 @node Backups
4574 @chapter Performing Backups and Restoring Files
4575 @UNREVISED
4576
4577 @GNUTAR{} is distributed along with the scripts
4578 which the Free Software Foundation uses for performing backups. There
4579 is no corresponding scripts available yet for doing restoration of
4580 files. Even if there is a good chance those scripts may be satisfying
4581 to you, they are not the only scripts or methods available for doing
4582 backups and restore. You may well create your own, or use more
4583 sophisticated packages dedicated to that purpose.
4584
4585 Some users are enthusiastic about @code{Amanda} (The Advanced Maryland
4586 Automatic Network Disk Archiver), a backup system developed by James
4587 da Silva @file{jds@@cs.umd.edu} and available on many Unix systems.
4588 This is free software, and it is available at these places:
4589
4590 @smallexample
4591 http://www.cs.umd.edu/projects/amanda/amanda.html
4592 ftp://ftp.cs.umd.edu/pub/amanda
4593 @end smallexample
4594
4595 @ifclear PUBLISH
4596
4597 Here is a possible plan for a future documentation about the backuping
4598 scripts which are provided within the @GNUTAR{}
4599 distribution.
4600
4601 @smallexample
4602 .* dumps
4603 . + what are dumps
4604
4605 . + different levels of dumps
4606 . - full dump = dump everything
4607 . - level 1, level 2 dumps etc, -
4608 A level n dump dumps everything changed since the last level
4609 n-1 dump (?)
4610
4611 . + how to use scripts for dumps (ie, the concept)
4612 . - scripts to run after editing backup specs (details)
4613
4614 . + Backup Specs, what is it.
4615 . - how to customize
4616 . - actual text of script [/sp/dump/backup-specs]
4617
4618 . + Problems
4619 . - rsh doesn't work
4620 . - rtape isn't installed
4621 . - (others?)
4622
4623 . + the --incremental option of tar
4624
4625 . + tapes
4626 . - write protection
4627 . - types of media
4628 . : different sizes and types, useful for different things
4629 . - files and tape marks
4630 one tape mark between files, two at end.
4631 . - positioning the tape
4632 MT writes two at end of write,
4633 backspaces over one when writing again.
4634 @end smallexample
4635
4636 @end ifclear
4637
4638 This chapter documents both the provided shell scripts and @command{tar}
4639 options which are more specific to usage as a backup tool.
4640
4641 To @dfn{back up} a file system means to create archives that contain
4642 all the files in that file system. Those archives can then be used to
4643 restore any or all of those files (for instance if a disk crashes or a
4644 file is accidentally deleted). File system @dfn{backups} are also
4645 called @dfn{dumps}.
4646
4647 @menu
4648 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
4649 * Inc Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
4650 * incremental and listed-incremental:: The Incremental Options
4651 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
4652 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
4653 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
4654 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
4655 @end menu
4656
4657 @node Full Dumps
4658 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
4659 @UNREVISED
4660
4661 @cindex full dumps
4662 @cindex dumps, full
4663
4664 @cindex corrupted archives
4665 Full dumps should only be made when no other people or programs
4666 are modifying files in the filesystem. If files are modified while
4667 @command{tar} is making the backup, they may not be stored properly in
4668 the archive, in which case you won't be able to restore them if you
4669 have to. (Files not being modified are written with no trouble, and do
4670 not corrupt the entire archive.)
4671
4672 You will want to use the @value{op-label} option to give the archive a
4673 volume label, so you can tell what this archive is even if the label
4674 falls off the tape, or anything like that.
4675
4676 Unless the filesystem you are dumping is guaranteed to fit on
4677 one volume, you will need to use the @value{op-multi-volume} option.
4678 Make sure you have enough tapes on hand to complete the backup.
4679
4680 If you want to dump each filesystem separately you will need to use
4681 the @value{op-one-file-system} option to prevent @command{tar} from crossing
4682 filesystem boundaries when storing (sub)directories.
4683
4684 The @value{op-incremental} option is not needed, since this is a complete
4685 copy of everything in the filesystem, and a full restore from this
4686 backup would only be done onto a completely empty disk.
4687
4688 Unless you are in a hurry, and trust the @command{tar} program (and your
4689 tapes), it is a good idea to use the @value{op-verify} option, to make
4690 sure your files really made it onto the dump properly. This will
4691 also detect cases where the file was modified while (or just after)
4692 it was being archived. Not all media (notably cartridge tapes) are
4693 capable of being verified, unfortunately.
4694
4695 @value{op-listed-incremental} take a file name argument always. If the
4696 file doesn't exist, run a level zero dump, creating the file. If the
4697 file exists, uses that file to see what has changed.
4698
4699 @value{op-incremental} @FIXME{look it up}
4700
4701 @value{op-incremental} handle old @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup.
4702
4703 This option should only be used when creating an incremental backup of
4704 a filesystem. When the @value{op-incremental} option is used, @command{tar}
4705 writes, at the beginning of the archive, an entry for each of the
4706 directories that will be operated on. The entry for a directory
4707 includes a list of all the files in the directory at the time the
4708 dump was done, and a flag for each file indicating whether the file
4709 is going to be put in the archive. This information is used when
4710 doing a complete incremental restore.
4711
4712 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to create a non-standard
4713 archive that may not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the
4714 @command{tar} program.
4715
4716 The @value{op-incremental} option means the archive is an incremental
4717 backup. Its meaning depends on the command that it modifies.
4718
4719 If the @value{op-incremental} option is used with @value{op-list},
4720 @command{tar} will list, for each directory in the archive, the list
4721 of files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
4722 information is put out in a format that is not easy for humans to
4723 read, but which is unambiguous for a program: each file name is
4724 preceded by either a @samp{Y} if the file is present in the archive,
4725 an @samp{N} if the file is not included in the archive, or a @samp{D}
4726 if the file is a directory (and is included in the archive). Each
4727 file name is terminated by a null character. The last file is
4728 followed by an additional null and a newline to indicate the end of
4729 the data.
4730
4731 If the @value{op-incremental} option is used with @value{op-extract}, then
4732 when the entry for a directory is found, all files that currently
4733 exist in that directory but are not listed in the archive @emph{are
4734 deleted from the directory}.
4735
4736 This behavior is convenient when you are restoring a damaged file
4737 system from a succession of incremental backups: it restores the
4738 entire state of the file system to that which obtained when the backup
4739 was made. If you don't use @value{op-incremental}, the file system will
4740 probably fill up with files that shouldn't exist any more.
4741
4742 @value{op-listed-incremental} handle new @acronym{GNU}-format
4743 incremental backup. This option handles new @acronym{GNU}-format
4744 incremental backup. It has much the same effect as
4745 @value{op-incremental}, but also the time when the dump is done and
4746 the list of directories dumped is written to the given
4747 @var{file}. When restoring, only files newer than the saved time are
4748 restored, and the directory list is used to speed up operations.
4749
4750 @value{op-listed-incremental} acts like @value{op-incremental}, but when
4751 used in conjunction with @value{op-create} will also cause @command{tar} to
4752 use the file @var{file}, which contains information about the state
4753 of the filesystem at the time of the last backup, to decide which
4754 files to include in the archive being created. That file will then
4755 be updated by @command{tar}. If the file @var{file} does not exist when
4756 this option is specified, @command{tar} will create it, and include all
4757 appropriate files in the archive.
4758
4759 The file, which is archive independent, contains the date it was last
4760 modified and a list of devices, inode numbers and directory names.
4761 @command{tar} will archive files with newer mod dates or inode change
4762 times, and directories with an unchanged inode number and device but
4763 a changed directory name. The file is updated after the files to
4764 be archived are determined, but before the new archive is actually
4765 created.
4766
4767 @node Inc Dumps
4768 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
4769 @UNREVISED
4770
4771 @cindex incremental dumps
4772 @cindex dumps, incremental
4773
4774 Performing incremental dumps is similar to performing full dumps,
4775 although a few more options will usually be needed.
4776
4777 A standard scheme is to do a @emph{monthly} (full) dump once a month,
4778 a @emph{weekly} dump once a week of everything since the last monthly
4779 and a @emph{daily} every day of everything since the last (weekly or
4780 monthly) dump.
4781
4782 Here is a sample script to dump the directory hierarchies @samp{/usr}
4783 and @samp{/var}.
4784
4785 @smallexample
4786 #! /bin/sh
4787 tar --create \
4788 --blocking-factor=126 \
4789 --file=/dev/rmt/0 \
4790 --label="`hostname` /usr /var `date +%Y-%m-%d`" \
4791 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr-var.snar \
4792 --verbose \
4793 /usr /var
4794 @end smallexample
4795
4796 This script uses the file @file{/var/log/usr-var.snar} as a snapshot to
4797 store information about the previous tar dump.
4798
4799 The blocking factor 126 is an attempt to make the tape drive stream.
4800 Some tape devices cannot handle 64 kB blocks or larger, and require the
4801 block size to be a multiple of 1 kB; for these devices, 126 is the
4802 largest blocking factor that can be used.
4803
4804 @node incremental and listed-incremental
4805 @section The Incremental Options
4806 @UNREVISED
4807
4808 @value{op-incremental} is used in conjunction with @value{op-create},
4809 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} when backing up and restoring file
4810 systems. An archive cannot be extracted or listed with the
4811 @value{op-incremental} option specified unless it was created with the
4812 option specified. This option should only be used by a script, not by
4813 the user, and is usually disregarded in favor of
4814 @value{op-listed-incremental}, which is described below.
4815
4816 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-create} causes
4817 @command{tar} to write, at the beginning of the archive, an entry for
4818 each of the directories that will be archived. The entry for a
4819 directory includes a list of all the files in the directory at the
4820 time the archive was created and a flag for each file indicating
4821 whether or not the file is going to be put in the archive.
4822
4823 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to create a non-standard
4824 archive that may not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the
4825 @command{tar} program.
4826
4827 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-extract} causes
4828 @command{tar} to read the lists of directory contents previously stored
4829 in the archive, @emph{delete} files in the file system that did not
4830 exist in their directories when the archive was created, and then
4831 extract the files in the archive.
4832
4833 This behavior is convenient when restoring a damaged file system from
4834 a succession of incremental backups: it restores the entire state of
4835 the file system to that which obtained when the backup was made. If
4836 @value{op-incremental} isn't specified, the file system will probably
4837 fill up with files that shouldn't exist any more.
4838
4839 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-list} and two
4840 @value{op-verbose} options causes @command{tar} to print, for each
4841 directory in the archive, the list of files in that directory at the
4842 time the archive was created. This information is put out in a format
4843 that is not easy for humans to read, but which is unambiguous for a
4844 program: each file name is preceded by either a @samp{Y} if the file
4845 is present in the archive, an @samp{N} if the file is not included in
4846 the archive, or a @samp{D} if the file is a directory (and is included
4847 in the archive). Each file name is terminated by a newline character.
4848 The last file is followed by an additional newline to
4849 indicate the end of the data.
4850
4851 @value{op-listed-incremental} acts like @value{op-incremental}, but when
4852 used in conjunction with @value{op-create} will also cause @command{tar}
4853 to use the file @var{snapshot-file}, which contains information about
4854 the state of the file system at the time of the last backup, to decide
4855 which files to include in the archive being created. That file will
4856 then be updated by @command{tar}. If the file @var{file} does not exist
4857 when this option is specified, @command{tar} will create it, and include
4858 all appropriate files in the archive.
4859
4860 The file @var{file}, which is archive independent, contains the date
4861 it was last modified and a list of devices, inode numbers and
4862 directory names. @command{tar} will archive files with newer mod dates
4863 or inode change times, and directories with an unchanged inode number
4864 and device but a changed directory name. The file is updated after
4865 the files to be archived are determined, but before the new archive is
4866 actually created.@FIXME-xref{to the description of the file format}.
4867
4868 Incremental dumps depend crucially on time stamps, so the results are
4869 unreliable if you modify a file's time stamps during dumping (e.g.,
4870 with the @option{--atime-preserve} option), or if you set the clock
4871 backwards.
4872
4873 Despite it should be obvious that a device has a non-volatile value, NFS
4874 devices have non-dependable values when an automounter gets in the picture.
4875 This led to a great deal of spurious redumping in incremental dumps,
4876 so it is somewhat useless to compare two NFS devices numbers over time.
4877 So @command{tar} now considers all NFS devices as being equal when it comes
4878 to comparing directories; this is fairly gross, but there does not seem
4879 to be a better way to go.
4880
4881 @command{tar} doesn't access @var{snapshot-file} when
4882 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} are specified, but the
4883 @value{op-listed-incremental} option must still be given. A
4884 placeholder @var{snapshot-file} can be specified, e.g.,
4885 @file{/dev/null}.
4886
4887 @FIXME{this section needs to be written}
4888
4889 @node Backup Levels
4890 @section Levels of Backups
4891
4892 An archive containing all the files in the file system is called a
4893 @dfn{full backup} or @dfn{full dump}. You could insure your data by
4894 creating a full dump every day. This strategy, however, would waste a
4895 substantial amount of archive media and user time, as unchanged files
4896 are daily re-archived.
4897
4898 It is more efficient to do a full dump only occasionally. To back up
4899 files between full dumps, you can use @dfn{incremental dumps}. A @dfn{level
4900 one} dump archives all the files that have changed since the last full
4901 dump.
4902
4903 A typical dump strategy would be to perform a full dump once a week,
4904 and a level one dump once a day. This means some versions of files
4905 will in fact be archived more than once, but this dump strategy makes
4906 it possible to restore a file system to within one day of accuracy by
4907 only extracting two archives---the last weekly (full) dump and the
4908 last daily (level one) dump. The only information lost would be in
4909 files changed or created since the last daily backup. (Doing dumps
4910 more than once a day is usually not worth the trouble).
4911
4912 @GNUTAR{} comes with scripts you can use to do full
4913 and level-one (actually, even level-two and so on) dumps. Using
4914 scripts (shell programs) to perform backups and restoration is a
4915 convenient and reliable alternative to typing out file name lists
4916 and @command{tar} commands by hand.
4917
4918 Before you use these scripts, you need to edit the file
4919 @file{backup-specs}, which specifies parameters used by the backup
4920 scripts and by the restore script. This file is usually located
4921 in @file{/etc/backup} directory. @FIXME-xref{Script Syntax} Once the
4922 backup parameters are set, you can perform backups or restoration by
4923 running the appropriate script.
4924
4925 The name of the backup script is @code{backup}. The name of the
4926 restore script is @code{restore}. The following sections describe
4927 their use in detail.
4928
4929 @emph{Please Note:} The backup and restoration scripts are
4930 designed to be used together. While it is possible to restore files by
4931 hand from an archive which was created using a backup script, and to create
4932 an archive by hand which could then be extracted using the restore script,
4933 it is easier to use the scripts. @value{xref-incremental}, and
4934 @value{xref-listed-incremental}, before making such an attempt.
4935
4936 @node Backup Parameters
4937 @section Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
4938
4939 The file @file{backup-specs} specifies backup parameters for the
4940 backup and restoration scripts provided with @command{tar}. You must
4941 edit @file{backup-specs} to fit your system configuration and schedule
4942 before using these scripts.
4943
4944 Syntactically, @file{backup-specs} is a shell script, containing
4945 mainly variable assignments. However, any valid shell construct
4946 is allowed in this file. Particularly, you may wish to define
4947 functions within that script (e.g., see @code{RESTORE_BEGIN} below).
4948 For more information about shell script syntax, please refer to
4949 @url{http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/utilities/xcu_chap02.html#ta
4950 g_02, the definition of the Shell Command Language}. See also
4951 @ref{Top,,Bash Features,bashref,Bash Reference Manual}.
4952
4953 The shell variables controlling behavior of @code{backup} and
4954 @code{restore} are described in the following subsections.
4955
4956 @menu
4957 * General-Purpose Variables::
4958 * Magnetic Tape Control::
4959 * User Hooks::
4960 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
4961 @end menu
4962
4963 @node General-Purpose Variables
4964 @subsection General-Purpose Variables
4965
4966 @defvr {Backup variable} ADMINISTRATOR
4967 The user name of the backup administrator. @code{Backup} scripts
4968 sends a backup report to this address.
4969 @end defvr
4970
4971 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_HOUR
4972 The hour at which the backups are done. This can be a number from 0
4973 to 23, or the time specification in form @var{hours}:@var{minutes},
4974 or the string @samp{now}.
4975
4976 This variable is used by @code{backup}. Its value may be overridden
4977 using @option{--time} option (@pxref{Scripted Backups}).
4978 @end defvr
4979
4980 @defvr {Backup variable} TAPE_FILE
4981
4982 The device @command{tar} writes the archive to. If @var{TAPE_FILE}
4983 is a remote archive (@pxref{remote-dev}), backup script will suppose
4984 that your @command{mt} is able to access remote devices. If @var{RSH}
4985 (@pxref{RSH}) is set, @option{--rsh-command} option will be added to
4986 invocations of @command{mt}.
4987 @end defvr
4988
4989 @defvr {Backup variable} BLOCKING
4990
4991 The blocking factor @command{tar} will use when writing the dump archive.
4992 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
4993 @end defvr
4994
4995 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_DIRS
4996
4997 A list of file systems to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
4998 (for @code{restore}). You can include any directory
4999 name in the list --- subdirectories on that file system will be
5000 included, regardless of how they may look to other networked machines.
5001 Subdirectories on other file systems will be ignored.
5002
5003 The host name specifies which host to run @command{tar} on, and should
5004 normally be the host that actually contains the file system. However,
5005 the host machine must have @GNUTAR{} installed, and
5006 must be able to access the directory containing the backup scripts and
5007 their support files using the same file name that is used on the
5008 machine where the scripts are run (ie. what @command{pwd} will print
5009 when in that directory on that machine). If the host that contains
5010 the file system does not have this capability, you can specify another
5011 host as long as it can access the file system through NFS.
5012
5013 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to put it
5014 in a separate file. This file is usually named
5015 @file{/etc/backup/dirs}, but this name may be overridden in
5016 @file{backup-specs} using @code{DIRLIST} variable.
5017 @end defvr
5018
5019 @defvr {Backup variable} DIRLIST
5020
5021 A path to the file containing the list of the filesystems to backup
5022 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/dirs}.
5023 @end defvr
5024
5025 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_FILES
5026
5027 A list of individual files to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
5028 (for @code{restore}). These should be accessible from the machine on
5029 which the backup script is run.
5030
5031 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to store it
5032 in a separate file. This file is usually named
5033 @file{/etc/backup/files}, but this name may be overridden in
5034 @file{backup-specs} using @code{FILELIST} variable.
5035 @end defvr
5036
5037 @defvr {Backup variable} FILELIST
5038
5039 A path to the file containing the list of the individual files to backup
5040 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/files}.
5041 @end defvr
5042
5043 @defvr {Backup variable} MT
5044
5045 Full file name of @command{mt} binary.
5046 @end defvr
5047
5048 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH
5049 @anchor{RSH}
5050 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary or its equivalent. You may wish to
5051 set it to @code{ssh}, to improve security. In this case you will have
5052 to use public key authentication.
5053 @end defvr
5054
5055 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH_COMMAND
5056
5057 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary on remote mashines. This will
5058 be passed via @option{--rsh-command} option to the remote invocation
5059 of @GNUTAR{}.
5060 @end defvr
5061
5062 @defvr {Backup variable} VOLNO_FILE
5063
5064 Name of temporary file to hold volume numbers. This needs to be accessible
5065 by all the machines which have filesystems to be dumped.
5066 @end defvr
5067
5068 @defvr {Backup variable} XLIST
5069
5070 Name of @dfn{exclude file list}. An @dfn{exclude file list} is a file
5071 located on the remote machine and containing the list of files to
5072 be excluded from the backup. Exclude file lists are searched in
5073 /etc/tar-backup directory. A common use for exclude file lists
5074 is to exclude files containing security-sensitive information
5075 (e.g., @file{/etc/shadow} from backups).
5076
5077 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
5078 @end defvr
5079
5080 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_TIME
5081
5082 Time to sleep between dumps of any two successive filesystems
5083
5084 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
5085 @end defvr
5086
5087 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_REMIND_SCRIPT
5088
5089 Script to be run when it's time to insert a new tape in for the next
5090 volume. Administrators may want to tailor this script for their site.
5091 If this variable isn't set, @GNUTAR{} will display its built-in prompt
5092 @FIXME-xref{describe it somewhere!}, and will expect confirmation from
5093 the console.
5094 @end defvr
5095
5096 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_MESSAGE
5097
5098 Message to display on the terminal while waiting for dump time. Usually
5099 this will just be some literal text.
5100 @end defvr
5101
5102 @defvr {Backup variable} TAR
5103
5104 Full file name of the @GNUTAR{} executable. If this is not set, backup
5105 scripts will search @command{tar} in the current shell path.
5106 @end defvr
5107
5108 @node Magnetic Tape Control
5109 @subsection Magnetic Tape Control
5110
5111 Backup scripts access tape device using special @dfn{hook functions}.
5112 These functions take a single argument -- the name of the tape
5113 device. Their names are kept in the following variables:
5114
5115 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_BEGIN
5116 The name of @dfn{begin} function. This function is called before
5117 accessing the drive. By default it retensions the tape:
5118
5119 @smallexample
5120 MT_BEGIN=mt_begin
5121
5122 mt_begin() @{
5123 mt -f "$1" retension
5124 @}
5125 @end smallexample
5126 @end defvr
5127
5128 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_REWIND
5129 The name of @dfn{rewind} function. The default definition is as
5130 follows:
5131
5132 @smallexample
5133 MT_REWIND=mt_rewind
5134
5135 mt_rewind() @{
5136 mt -f "$1" rewind
5137 @}
5138 @end smallexample
5139
5140 @end defvr
5141
5142 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_OFFLINE
5143 The name of the function switching the tape off line. By default
5144 it is defined as follows:
5145
5146 @smallexample
5147 MT_OFFLINE=mt_offline
5148
5149 mt_offline() @{
5150 mt -f "$1" offl
5151 @}
5152 @end smallexample
5153 @end defvr
5154
5155 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_STATUS
5156 The name of the function used to obtain the status of the archive device,
5157 including error count. Default definition:
5158
5159 @smallexample
5160 MT_STATUS=mt_status
5161
5162 mt_status() @{
5163 mt -f "$1" status
5164 @}
5165 @end smallexample
5166 @end defvr
5167
5168 @node User Hooks
5169 @subsection User Hooks
5170
5171 @dfn{User hooks} are shell functions executed before and after
5172 each @command{tar} invocation. Thus, there are @dfn{backup
5173 hooks}, which are executed before and after dumping each file
5174 system, and @dfn{restore hooks}, executed before and
5175 after restoring a file system. Each user hook is a shell function
5176 taking four arguments:
5177
5178 @deffn {User Hook Function} hook @var{level} @var{host} @var{fs} @var{fsname}
5179 Its arguments are:
5180
5181 @table @var
5182 @item level
5183 Current backup or restore level.
5184
5185 @item host
5186 Name or IP address of the host machine being dumped or restored.
5187
5188 @item fs
5189 Full path name to the filesystem being dumped or restored.
5190
5191 @item fsname
5192 Filesystem name with directory separators replaced with colons. This
5193 is useful, e.g., for creating unique files.
5194 @end table
5195 @end deffn
5196
5197 Following variables keep the names of user hook functions
5198
5199 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_BEGIN
5200 Dump begin function. It is executed before dumping the filesystem.
5201 @end defvr
5202
5203 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_END
5204 Executed after dumping the filesystem.
5205 @end defvr
5206
5207 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_BEGIN
5208 Executed before restoring the filesystem.
5209 @end defvr
5210
5211 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_END
5212 Executed after restoring the filesystem.
5213 @end defvr
5214
5215 @node backup-specs example
5216 @subsection An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
5217
5218 The following is an example of @file{backup-specs}:
5219
5220 @smallexample
5221 # site-specific parameters for file system backup.
5222
5223 ADMINISTRATOR=friedman
5224 BACKUP_HOUR=1
5225 TAPE_FILE=/dev/nrsmt0
5226
5227 # Use @code{ssh} instead of the less secure @code{rsh}
5228 RSH=/usr/bin/ssh
5229 RSH_COMMAND=/usr/bin/ssh
5230
5231 # Override MT_STATUS function:
5232 my_status() @{
5233 mts -t $TAPE_FILE
5234 @}
5235 MT_STATUS=my_status
5236
5237 # Disable MT_OFFLINE function
5238 MT_OFFLINE=:
5239
5240 BLOCKING=124
5241 BACKUP_DIRS="
5242 albert:/fs/fsf
5243 apple-gunkies:/gd
5244 albert:/fs/gd2
5245 albert:/fs/gp
5246 geech:/usr/jla
5247 churchy:/usr/roland
5248 albert:/
5249 albert:/usr
5250 apple-gunkies:/
5251 apple-gunkies:/usr
5252 gnu:/hack
5253 gnu:/u
5254 apple-gunkies:/com/mailer/gnu
5255 apple-gunkies:/com/archive/gnu"
5256
5257 BACKUP_FILES="/com/mailer/aliases /com/mailer/league*[a-z]"
5258
5259 @end smallexample
5260
5261 @node Scripted Backups
5262 @section Using the Backup Scripts
5263
5264 The syntax for running a backup script is:
5265
5266 @smallexample
5267 backup --level=@var{level} --time=@var{time}
5268 @end smallexample
5269
5270 The @option{level} option requests the dump level. Thus, to produce
5271 a full dump, specify @code{--level=0} (this is the default, so
5272 @option{--level} may be omitted if its value is @code{0}).
5273 @footnote{For backward compatibility, the @code{backup} will also
5274 try to deduce the requested dump level from the name of the
5275 script itself. If the name consists of a string @samp{level-}
5276 followed by a single decimal digit, that digit is taken as
5277 the dump level number. Thus, you may create a link from @code{backup}
5278 to @code{level-1} and then run @code{level-1} whenever you need to
5279 create a level one dump.}
5280
5281 The @option{--time} option determines when should the backup be
5282 run. @var{Time} may take three forms:
5283
5284 @table @asis
5285 @item @var{hh}:@var{mm}
5286
5287 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours @var{mm} minutes.
5288
5289 @item @var{hh}
5290
5291 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours
5292
5293 @item now
5294
5295 The dump must be run immediately.
5296 @end table
5297
5298 You should start a script with a tape or disk mounted. Once you
5299 start a script, it prompts you for new tapes or disks as it
5300 needs them. Media volumes don't have to correspond to archive
5301 files --- a multi-volume archive can be started in the middle of a
5302 tape that already contains the end of another multi-volume archive.
5303 The @code{restore} script prompts for media by its archive volume,
5304 so to avoid an error message you should keep track of which tape
5305 (or disk) contains which volume of the archive (@pxref{Scripted
5306 Restoration}).
5307
5308 The backup scripts write two files on the file system. The first is a
5309 record file in @file{/etc/tar-backup/}, which is used by the scripts
5310 to store and retrieve information about which files were dumped. This
5311 file is not meant to be read by humans, and should not be deleted by
5312 them. @FIXME-xref{incremental and listed-incremental, for a more
5313 detailed explanation of this file.}
5314
5315 The second file is a log file containing the names of the file systems
5316 and files dumped, what time the backup was made, and any error
5317 messages that were generated, as well as how much space was left in
5318 the media volume after the last volume of the archive was written.
5319 You should check this log file after every backup. The file name is
5320 @file{log-@var{mm-dd-yyyy}-level-@var{n}}, where @var{mm-dd-yyyy}
5321 represents current date, and @var{n} represents current dump level number.
5322
5323 The script also prints the name of each system being dumped to the
5324 standard output.
5325
5326 Following is the full list of options accepted by @code{backup}
5327 script:
5328
5329 @table @option
5330 @item -l @var{level}
5331 @itemx --level=@var{level}
5332 Do backup level @var{level} (default 0).
5333
5334 @item -f
5335 @itemx --force
5336 Force backup even if today's log file already exists.
5337
5338 @item -v[@var{level}]
5339 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
5340 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
5341 information will be output during execution. Devault @var{level}
5342 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
5343
5344 @item -t @var{start-time}
5345 @itemx --time=@var{start-time}
5346 Wait till @var{time}, then do backup.
5347
5348 @item -h
5349 @itemx --help
5350 Display short help message and exit.
5351
5352 @item -L
5353 @itemx --license
5354 Display program license and exit.
5355
5356 @item -V
5357 @itemx --version
5358 Display program version and exit.
5359 @end table
5360
5361
5362 @node Scripted Restoration
5363 @section Using the Restore Script
5364
5365 To restore files that were archived using a scripted backup, use the
5366 @code{restore} script. Its usage is quite straightforward. In the
5367 simplest form, invoke @code{restore --all}, it will
5368 then restore all the filesystems and files specified in
5369 @file{backup-specs} (@pxref{General-Purpose Variables,BACKUP_DIRS}).
5370
5371 You may select the filesystems (and/or files) to restore by
5372 giving @code{restore} list of @dfn{patterns} in its command
5373 line. For example, running
5374
5375 @smallexample
5376 restore 'albert:*'
5377 @end smallexample
5378
5379 @noindent
5380 will restore all filesystems on the machine @samp{albert}. A more
5381 complicated example:
5382
5383 @smallexample
5384 restore 'albert:*' '*:/var'
5385 @end smallexample
5386
5387 @noindent
5388 This command will restore all filesystems on the machine @samp{albert}
5389 as well as @file{/var} filesystem on all machines.
5390
5391 By default @code{restore} will start restoring files from the lowest
5392 available dump level (usually zero) and will continue through
5393 all available dump levels. There may be situations where such a
5394 thorough restore is not necessary. For example, you may wish to
5395 restore only files from the recent level one backup. To do so,
5396 use @option{--level} option, as shown in the example below:
5397
5398 @smallexample
5399 restore --level=1
5400 @end smallexample
5401
5402 The full list of options accepted by @code{restore} follows:
5403
5404 @table @option
5405 @item -a
5406 @itemx --all
5407 Restore all filesystems and files specified in @file{backup-specs}
5408
5409 @item -l @var{level}
5410 @itemx --level=@var{level}
5411 Start restoring from the given backup level, instead of the default 0.
5412
5413 @item -v[@var{level}]
5414 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
5415 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
5416 information will be output during execution. Devault @var{level}
5417 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
5418
5419 @item -h
5420 @itemx --help
5421 Display short help message and exit.
5422
5423 @item -L
5424 @itemx --license
5425 Display program license and exit.
5426
5427 @item -V
5428 @itemx --version
5429 Display program version and exit.
5430 @end table
5431
5432 You should start the restore script with the media containing the
5433 first volume of the archive mounted. The script will prompt for other
5434 volumes as they are needed. If the archive is on tape, you don't need
5435 to rewind the tape to to its beginning---if the tape head is
5436 positioned past the beginning of the archive, the script will rewind
5437 the tape as needed. @FIXME-xref{Media, for a discussion of tape
5438 positioning.}
5439
5440 @quotation
5441 @strong{Warning:} The script will delete files from the active file
5442 system if they were not in the file system when the archive was made.
5443 @end quotation
5444
5445 @value{xref-incremental}, and @value{ref-listed-incremental},
5446 for an explanation of how the script makes that determination.
5447
5448 @node Choosing
5449 @chapter Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
5450 @UNREVISED
5451
5452 @FIXME{Melissa (still) Doesn't Really Like This ``Intro'' Paragraph!!!}
5453
5454 Certain options to @command{tar} enable you to specify a name for your
5455 archive. Other options let you decide which files to include or exclude
5456 from the archive, based on when or whether files were modified, whether
5457 the file names do or don't match specified patterns, or whether files
5458 are in specified directories.
5459
5460 @menu
5461 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
5462 * Selecting Archive Members::
5463 * files:: Reading Names from a File
5464 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
5465 * Wildcards::
5466 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
5467 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
5468 * one:: Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
5469 @end menu
5470
5471 @node file
5472 @section Choosing and Naming Archive Files
5473 @cindex Naming an archive
5474 @cindex Archive Name
5475 @cindex Directing output
5476 @cindex Choosing an archive file
5477 @cindex Where is the archive?
5478 @UNREVISED
5479
5480 @FIXME{should the title of this section actually be, "naming an
5481 archive"?}
5482
5483 By default, @command{tar} uses an archive file name that was compiled when
5484 it was built on the system; usually this name refers to some physical
5485 tape drive on the machine. However, the person who installed @command{tar}
5486 on the system may not set the default to a meaningful value as far as
5487 most users are concerned. As a result, you will usually want to tell
5488 @command{tar} where to find (or create) the archive. The @value{op-file}
5489 option allows you to either specify or name a file to use as the archive
5490 instead of the default archive file location.
5491
5492 @table @option
5493 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
5494 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
5495 Name the archive to create or operate on. Use in conjunction with
5496 any operation.
5497 @end table
5498
5499 For example, in this @command{tar} command,
5500
5501 @smallexample
5502 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
5503 @end smallexample
5504
5505 @noindent
5506 @file{collection.tar} is the name of the archive. It must directly
5507 follow the @option{-f} option, since whatever directly follows @option{-f}
5508 @emph{will} end up naming the archive. If you neglect to specify an
5509 archive name, you may end up overwriting a file in the working directory
5510 with the archive you create since @command{tar} will use this file's name
5511 for the archive name.
5512
5513 An archive can be saved as a file in the file system, sent through a
5514 pipe or over a network, or written to an I/O device such as a tape,
5515 floppy disk, or CD write drive.
5516
5517 @cindex Writing new archives
5518 @cindex Archive creation
5519 If you do not name the archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
5520 environment variable @env{TAPE} as the file name for the archive. If
5521 that is not available, @command{tar} uses a default, compiled-in archive
5522 name, usually that for tape unit zero (ie. @file{/dev/tu00}).
5523 @command{tar} always needs an archive name.
5524
5525 If you use @file{-} as an @var{archive-name}, @command{tar} reads the
5526 archive from standard input (when listing or extracting files), or
5527 writes it to standard output (when creating an archive). If you use
5528 @file{-} as an @var{archive-name} when modifying an archive,
5529 @command{tar} reads the original archive from its standard input and
5530 writes the entire new archive to its standard output.
5531
5532 @FIXME{might want a different example here; this is already used in
5533 "notable tar usages".}
5534
5535 @smallexample
5536 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
5537 @end smallexample
5538
5539 @FIXME{help!}
5540
5541 @cindex Standard input and output
5542 @cindex tar to standard input and output
5543 @anchor{remote-dev}
5544 To specify an archive file on a device attached to a remote machine,
5545 use the following:
5546
5547 @smallexample
5548 @kbd{--file=@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}
5549 @end smallexample
5550
5551 @noindent
5552 @command{tar} will complete the remote connection, if possible, and
5553 prompt you for a username and password. If you use
5554 @option{--file=@@@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}, @command{tar}
5555 will complete the remote connection, if possible, using your username
5556 as the username on the remote machine.
5557
5558 If the archive file name includes a colon (@samp{:}), then it is assumed
5559 to be a file on another machine. If the archive file is
5560 @samp{@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{file}}, then @var{file} is used on the
5561 host @var{host}. The remote host is accessed using the @command{rsh}
5562 program, with a username of @var{user}. If the username is omitted
5563 (along with the @samp{@@} sign), then your user name will be used.
5564 (This is the normal @command{rsh} behavior.) It is necessary for the
5565 remote machine, in addition to permitting your @command{rsh} access, to
5566 have the @file{rmt} program installed (This command is included in
5567 the @GNUTAR{} distribution and by default is installed under
5568 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, were @var{prefix} means your
5569 installation prefix). If you need to use a file whose name includes a
5570 colon, then the remote tape drive behavior
5571 can be inhibited by using the @value{op-force-local} option.
5572
5573 @FIXME{i know we went over this yesterday, but bob (and now i do again,
5574 too) thinks it's out of the middle of nowhere. it doesn't seem to tie
5575 into what came before it well enough <<i moved it now, is it better
5576 here?>>. bob also comments that if Amanda isn't free software, we
5577 shouldn't mention it..}
5578
5579 When the archive is being created to @file{/dev/null}, @GNUTAR{}
5580 tries to minimize input and output operations. The
5581 Amanda backup system, when used with @GNUTAR{}, has
5582 an initial sizing pass which uses this feature.
5583
5584 @node Selecting Archive Members
5585 @section Selecting Archive Members
5586 @cindex Specifying files to act on
5587 @cindex Specifying archive members
5588
5589 @dfn{File Name arguments} specify which files in the file system
5590 @command{tar} operates on, when creating or adding to an archive, or which
5591 archive members @command{tar} operates on, when reading or deleting from
5592 an archive. @xref{Operations}.
5593
5594 To specify file names, you can include them as the last arguments on
5595 the command line, as follows:
5596 @smallexample
5597 @kbd{tar} @var{operation} [@var{option1} @var{option2} @dots{}] [@var{file name-1} @var{file name-2} @dots{}]
5598 @end smallexample
5599
5600 If a file name begins with dash (@samp{-}), preceede it with
5601 @option{--add-file} option to preventit from being treated as an
5602 option.
5603
5604 If you specify a directory name as a file name argument, all the files
5605 in that directory are operated on by @command{tar}.
5606
5607 If you do not specify files when @command{tar} is invoked with
5608 @value{op-create}, @command{tar} operates on all the non-directory files in
5609 the working directory. If you specify either @value{op-list} or
5610 @value{op-extract}, @command{tar} operates on all the archive members in the
5611 archive. If you specify any operation other than one of these three,
5612 @command{tar} does nothing.
5613
5614 By default, @command{tar} takes file names from the command line. However,
5615 there are other ways to specify file or member names, or to modify the
5616 manner in which @command{tar} selects the files or members upon which to
5617 operate. @FIXME{add xref here}In general, these methods work both for
5618 specifying the names of files and archive members.
5619
5620 @node files
5621 @section Reading Names from a File
5622
5623 @cindex Reading file names from a file
5624 @cindex Lists of file names
5625 @cindex File Name arguments, alternatives
5626 Instead of giving the names of files or archive members on the command
5627 line, you can put the names into a file, and then use the
5628 @value{op-files-from} option to @command{tar}. Give the name of the file
5629 which contains the list of files to include as the argument to
5630 @option{--files-from}. In the list, the file names should be separated by
5631 newlines. You will frequently use this option when you have generated
5632 the list of files to archive with the @command{find} utility.
5633
5634 @table @option
5635 @item --files-from=@var{file name}
5636 @itemx -T @var{file name}
5637 Get names to extract or create from file @var{file name}.
5638 @end table
5639
5640 If you give a single dash as a file name for @option{--files-from}, (i.e.,
5641 you specify either @code{--files-from=-} or @code{-T -}), then the file
5642 names are read from standard input.
5643
5644 Unless you are running @command{tar} with @option{--create}, you can not use
5645 both @code{--files-from=-} and @code{--file=-} (@code{-f -}) in the same
5646 command.
5647
5648 Any number of @option{-T} options can be given in the command line.
5649
5650 @FIXME{add bob's example, from his message on 2-10-97}
5651
5652 The following example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of
5653 files smaller than 400K in length and put that list into a file
5654 called @file{small-files}. You can then use the @option{-T} option to
5655 @command{tar} to specify the files from that file, @file{small-files}, to
5656 create the archive @file{little.tgz}. (The @option{-z} option to
5657 @command{tar} compresses the archive with @command{gzip}; @pxref{gzip} for
5658 more information.)
5659
5660 @smallexample
5661 $ @kbd{find . -size -400 -print > small-files}
5662 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -z -T small-files -f little.tgz}
5663 @end smallexample
5664
5665 @noindent
5666 In the file list given by @option{-T} option, any file name beginning
5667 with @samp{-} character is considered a @command{tar} option and is
5668 processed accordingly.@footnote{Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1
5669 recognized only @option{-C} option in file lists, and only if the
5670 option and its argument occupied two consecutive lines.} For example,
5671 the common use of this feature is to change to another directory by
5672 specifying @option{-C} option:
5673
5674 @smallexample
5675 @group
5676 $ @kbd{cat list}
5677 -C/etc
5678 passwd
5679 hosts
5680 -C/lib
5681 libc.a
5682 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
5683 @end group
5684 @end smallexample
5685
5686 @noindent
5687 In this example, @command{tar} will first switch to @file{/etc}
5688 directory and add files @file{passwd} and @file{hosts} to the
5689 archive. Then it will change to @file{/lib} directory and will archive
5690 the file @file{libc.a}. Thus, the resulting archive @file{foo.tar} will
5691 contain:
5692
5693 @smallexample
5694 @group
5695 $ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
5696 passwd
5697 hosts
5698 libc.a
5699 @end group
5700 @end smallexample
5701
5702 @noindent
5703 Notice that the option parsing algorithm used with @option{-T} is
5704 stricter than the one used by shell. Namely, when specifying option
5705 arguments, you should observe the following rules:
5706
5707 @itemize @bullet
5708 @item
5709 When using short (single-letter) option form, its argument must
5710 immediately follow the option letter, without any intervening
5711 whitespace. For example: @code{-Cdir}.
5712
5713 @item
5714 When using long option form, the option argument must be separated
5715 from the option by a single equal sign. No whitespace is allowed on
5716 any side of the equal sign. For example: @code{--directory=dir}.
5717
5718 @item
5719 For both short and long option forms, the option argument can be given
5720 on the next line after the option name, e.g.:
5721
5722 @smallexample
5723 @group
5724 --directory
5725 dir
5726 @end group
5727 @end smallexample
5728
5729 @noindent
5730 and
5731
5732 @smallexample
5733 @group
5734 -C
5735 dir
5736 @end group
5737 @end smallexample
5738 @end itemize
5739
5740 @cindex @option{--add-file}
5741 If you happen to have a file whose name starts with @samp{-},
5742 precede it with @option{--add-file} option to prevent it from
5743 being recognized as an option. For example: @code{--add-file --my-file}.
5744
5745 @menu
5746 * nul::
5747 @end menu
5748
5749 @node nul
5750 @subsection @code{NUL} Terminated File Names
5751
5752 @cindex File names, terminated by @code{NUL}
5753 @cindex @code{NUL} terminated file names
5754 The @value{op-null} option causes @value{op-files-from} to read file
5755 names terminated by a @code{NUL} instead of a newline, so files whose
5756 names contain newlines can be archived using @option{--files-from}.
5757
5758 @table @option
5759 @item --null
5760 Only consider @code{NUL} terminated file names, instead of files that
5761 terminate in a newline.
5762 @end table
5763
5764 The @value{op-null} option is just like the one in @acronym{GNU}
5765 @command{xargs} and @command{cpio}, and is useful with the
5766 @option{-print0} predicate of @acronym{GNU} @command{find}. In
5767 @command{tar}, @value{op-null} also disables special handling for
5768 file names that begin with dash.
5769
5770 This example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of files
5771 larger than 800K in length and put that list into a file called
5772 @file{long-files}. The @option{-print0} option to @command{find} is just
5773 like @option{-print}, except that it separates files with a @code{NUL}
5774 rather than with a newline. You can then run @command{tar} with both the
5775 @option{--null} and @option{-T} options to specify that @command{tar} get the
5776 files from that file, @file{long-files}, to create the archive
5777 @file{big.tgz}. The @option{--null} option to @command{tar} will cause
5778 @command{tar} to recognize the @code{NUL} separator between files.
5779
5780 @smallexample
5781 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 > long-files}
5782 $ @kbd{tar -c -v --null --files-from=long-files --file=big.tar}
5783 @end smallexample
5784
5785 @FIXME{say anything else here to conclude the section?}
5786
5787 @node exclude
5788 @section Excluding Some Files
5789 @cindex File names, excluding files by
5790 @cindex Excluding files by name and pattern
5791 @cindex Excluding files by file system
5792 @UNREVISED
5793
5794 To avoid operating on files whose names match a particular pattern,
5795 use the @value{op-exclude} or @value{op-exclude-from} options.
5796
5797 @table @option
5798 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
5799 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the @var{pattern}.
5800 @end table
5801
5802 @findex exclude
5803 The @value{op-exclude} option prevents any file or member whose name
5804 matches the shell wildcard (@var{pattern}) from being operated on.
5805 For example, to create an archive with all the contents of the directory
5806 @file{src} except for files whose names end in @file{.o}, use the
5807 command @samp{tar -cf src.tar --exclude='*.o' src}.
5808
5809 You may give multiple @option{--exclude} options.
5810
5811 @table @option
5812 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
5813 @itemx -X @var{file}
5814 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the patterns listed in
5815 @var{file}.
5816 @end table
5817
5818 @findex exclude-from
5819 Use the @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option to read a
5820 list of patterns, one per line, from @var{file}; @command{tar} will
5821 ignore files matching those patterns. Thus if @command{tar} is
5822 called as @w{@samp{tar -c -X foo .}} and the file @file{foo} contains a
5823 single line @file{*.o}, no files whose names end in @file{.o} will be
5824 added to the archive.
5825
5826 @FIXME{do the exclude options files need to have stuff separated by
5827 newlines the same as the files-from option does?}
5828
5829 @table @option
5830 @item --exclude-caches
5831 Causes @command{tar} to ignore directories containing a cache directory tag.
5832 @end table
5833
5834 @findex exclude-caches
5835 When creating an archive,
5836 the @option{--exclude-caches} option
5837 causes @command{tar} to exclude all directories
5838 that contain a @dfn{cache directory tag}.
5839 A cache directory tag is a short file
5840 with the well-known name @file{CACHEDIR.TAG}
5841 and having a standard header
5842 specified in @url{http://www.brynosaurus.com/cachedir/spec.html}.
5843 Various applications write cache directory tags
5844 into directories they use to hold regenerable, non-precious data,
5845 so that such data can be more easily excluded from backups.
5846
5847 @menu
5848 * controlling pattern-patching with exclude::
5849 * problems with exclude::
5850 @end menu
5851
5852 @node controlling pattern-patching with exclude
5853 @unnumberedsubsec Controlling Pattern-Matching with the @code{exclude} Options
5854
5855 Normally, a pattern matches a name if an initial subsequence of the
5856 name's components matches the pattern, where @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and
5857 @samp{[...]} are the usual shell wildcards, @samp{\} escapes wildcards,
5858 and wildcards can match @samp{/}.
5859
5860 Other than optionally stripping leading @samp{/} from names
5861 (@pxref{absolute}), patterns and names are used as-is. For
5862 example, trailing @samp{/} is not trimmed from a user-specified name
5863 before deciding whether to exclude it.
5864
5865 However, this matching procedure can be altered by the options listed
5866 below. These options accumulate. For example:
5867
5868 @smallexample
5869 --ignore-case --exclude='makefile' --no-ignore-case ---exclude='readme'
5870 @end smallexample
5871
5872 ignores case when excluding @samp{makefile}, but not when excluding
5873 @samp{readme}.
5874
5875 @table @option
5876 @item --anchored
5877 @itemx --no-anchored
5878 If anchored, a pattern must match an initial subsequence
5879 of the name's components. Otherwise, the pattern can match any
5880 subsequence. Default is @option{--no-anchored}.
5881
5882 @item --ignore-case
5883 @itemx --no-ignore-case
5884 When ignoring case, upper-case patterns match lower-case names and vice versa.
5885 When not ignoring case (the default), matching is case-sensitive.
5886
5887 @item --wildcards
5888 @itemx --no-wildcards
5889 When using wildcards (the default), @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and @samp{[...]}
5890 are the usual shell wildcards, and @samp{\} escapes wildcards.
5891 Otherwise, none of these characters are special, and patterns must match
5892 names literally.
5893
5894 @item --wildcards-match-slash
5895 @itemx --no-wildcards-match-slash
5896 When wildcards match slash (the default), a wildcard like @samp{*} in
5897 the pattern can match a @samp{/} in the name. Otherwise, @samp{/} is
5898 matched only by @samp{/}.
5899
5900 @end table
5901
5902 The @option{--recursion} and @option{--no-recursion} options
5903 (@pxref{recurse}) also affect how exclude patterns are interpreted. If
5904 recursion is in effect, a pattern excludes a name if it matches any of
5905 the name's parent directories.
5906
5907 @node problems with exclude
5908 @unnumberedsubsec Problems with Using the @code{exclude} Options
5909
5910 Some users find @samp{exclude} options confusing. Here are some common
5911 pitfalls:
5912
5913 @itemize @bullet
5914 @item
5915 The main operating mode of @command{tar} does not act on a path name
5916 explicitly listed on the command line if one of its file name
5917 components is excluded. In the example above, if
5918 you create an archive and exclude files that end with @samp{*.o}, but
5919 explicitly name the file @samp{dir.o/foo} after all the options have been
5920 listed, @samp{dir.o/foo} will be excluded from the archive.
5921
5922 @item
5923 You can sometimes confuse the meanings of @value{op-exclude} and
5924 @value{op-exclude-from}. Be careful: use @value{op-exclude} when files
5925 to be excluded are given as a pattern on the command line. Use
5926 @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} to introduce the name of a
5927 file which contains a list of patterns, one per line; each of these
5928 patterns can exclude zero, one, or many files.
5929
5930 @item
5931 When you use @value{op-exclude}, be sure to quote the @var{pattern}
5932 parameter, so @GNUTAR{} sees wildcard characters
5933 like @samp{*}. If you do not do this, the shell might expand the
5934 @samp{*} itself using files at hand, so @command{tar} might receive a
5935 list of files instead of one pattern, or none at all, making the
5936 command somewhat illegal. This might not correspond to what you want.
5937
5938 For example, write:
5939
5940 @smallexample
5941 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude '*.o' @var{directory}}
5942 @end smallexample
5943
5944 @noindent
5945 rather than:
5946
5947 @smallexample
5948 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude *.o @var{directory}}
5949 @end smallexample
5950
5951 @item
5952 You must use use shell syntax, or globbing, rather than @code{regexp}
5953 syntax, when using exclude options in @command{tar}. If you try to use
5954 @code{regexp} syntax to describe files to be excluded, your command
5955 might fail.
5956
5957 @item
5958 In earlier versions of @command{tar}, what is now the
5959 @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option was called
5960 @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} instead. Now,
5961 @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} applies to patterns listed on the command
5962 line and @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} applies to
5963 patterns listed in a file.
5964
5965 @end itemize
5966
5967 @node Wildcards
5968 @section Wildcards Patterns and Matching
5969
5970 @dfn{Globbing} is the operation by which @dfn{wildcard} characters,
5971 @samp{*} or @samp{?} for example, are replaced and expanded into all
5972 existing files matching the given pattern. However, @command{tar} often
5973 uses wildcard patterns for matching (or globbing) archive members instead
5974 of actual files in the filesystem. Wildcard patterns are also used for
5975 verifying volume labels of @command{tar} archives. This section has the
5976 purpose of explaining wildcard syntax for @command{tar}.
5977
5978 @FIXME{the next few paragraphs need work.}
5979
5980 A @var{pattern} should be written according to shell syntax, using wildcard
5981 characters to effect globbing. Most characters in the pattern stand
5982 for themselves in the matched string, and case is significant: @samp{a}
5983 will match only @samp{a}, and not @samp{A}. The character @samp{?} in the
5984 pattern matches any single character in the matched string. The character
5985 @samp{*} in the pattern matches zero, one, or more single characters in
5986 the matched string. The character @samp{\} says to take the following
5987 character of the pattern @emph{literally}; it is useful when one needs to
5988 match the @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{[} or @samp{\} characters, themselves.
5989
5990 The character @samp{[}, up to the matching @samp{]}, introduces a character
5991 class. A @dfn{character class} is a list of acceptable characters
5992 for the next single character of the matched string. For example,
5993 @samp{[abcde]} would match any of the first five letters of the alphabet.
5994 Note that within a character class, all of the ``special characters''
5995 listed above other than @samp{\} lose their special meaning; for example,
5996 @samp{[-\\[*?]]} would match any of the characters, @samp{-}, @samp{\},
5997 @samp{[}, @samp{*}, @samp{?}, or @samp{]}. (Due to parsing constraints,
5998 the characters @samp{-} and @samp{]} must either come @emph{first} or
5999 @emph{last} in a character class.)
6000
6001 @cindex Excluding characters from a character class
6002 @cindex Character class, excluding characters from
6003 If the first character of the class after the opening @samp{[}
6004 is @samp{!} or @samp{^}, then the meaning of the class is reversed.
6005 Rather than listing character to match, it lists those characters which
6006 are @emph{forbidden} as the next single character of the matched string.
6007
6008 Other characters of the class stand for themselves. The special
6009 construction @samp{[@var{a}-@var{e}]}, using an hyphen between two
6010 letters, is meant to represent all characters between @var{a} and
6011 @var{e}, inclusive.
6012
6013 @FIXME{need to add a sentence or so here to make this clear for those
6014 who don't have dan around.}
6015
6016 Periods (@samp{.}) or forward slashes (@samp{/}) are not considered
6017 special for wildcard matches. However, if a pattern completely matches
6018 a directory prefix of a matched string, then it matches the full matched
6019 string: excluding a directory also excludes all the files beneath it.
6020
6021 @node after
6022 @section Operating Only on New Files
6023 @cindex Excluding file by age
6024 @cindex Modification time, excluding files by
6025 @cindex Age, excluding files by
6026 @UNREVISED
6027
6028 The @value{op-after-date} option causes @command{tar} to only work on files
6029 whose modification or inode-changed times are newer than the @var{date}
6030 given. If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to
6031 be a file name; the last-modified time of that file is used as the date.
6032 If you use this option when creating or appending to an archive,
6033 the archive will only include new files. If you use @option{--after-date}
6034 when extracting an archive, @command{tar} will only extract files newer
6035 than the @var{date} you specify.
6036
6037 If you only want @command{tar} to make the date comparison based on
6038 modification of the actual contents of the file (rather than inode
6039 changes), then use the @value{op-newer-mtime} option.
6040
6041 You may use these options with any operation. Note that these options
6042 differ from the @value{op-update} operation in that they allow you to
6043 specify a particular date against which @command{tar} can compare when
6044 deciding whether or not to archive the files.
6045
6046 @table @option
6047 @item --after-date=@var{date}
6048 @itemx --newer=@var{date}
6049 @itemx -N @var{date}
6050 Only store files newer than @var{date}.
6051
6052 Acts on files only if their modification or inode-changed times are
6053 later than @var{date}. Use in conjunction with any operation.
6054
6055 If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to be a file
6056 name; the last-modified time of that file is used as the date.
6057
6058 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
6059 Acts like @value{op-after-date}, but only looks at modification times.
6060 @end table
6061
6062 These options limit @command{tar} to only operating on files which have
6063 been modified after the date specified. A file is considered to have
6064 changed if the contents have been modified, or if the owner,
6065 permissions, and so forth, have been changed. (For more information on
6066 how to specify a date, see @ref{Date input formats}; remember that the
6067 entire date argument must be quoted if it contains any spaces.)
6068
6069 Gurus would say that @value{op-after-date} tests both the @code{mtime}
6070 (time the contents of the file were last modified) and @code{ctime}
6071 (time the file's status was last changed: owner, permissions, etc)
6072 fields, while @value{op-newer-mtime} tests only @code{mtime} field.
6073
6074 To be precise, @value{op-after-date} checks @emph{both} @code{mtime} and
6075 @code{ctime} and processes the file if either one is more recent than
6076 @var{date}, while @value{op-newer-mtime} only checks @code{mtime} and
6077 disregards @code{ctime}. Neither uses @code{atime} (the last time the
6078 contents of the file were looked at).
6079
6080 Date specifiers can have embedded spaces. Because of this, you may need
6081 to quote date arguments to keep the shell from parsing them as separate
6082 arguments.
6083
6084 @FIXME{Need example of --newer-mtime with quoted argument.}
6085
6086 @quotation
6087 @strong{Please Note:} @value{op-after-date} and @value{op-newer-mtime}
6088 should not be used for incremental backups. Some files (such as those
6089 in renamed directories) are not selected properly by these options.
6090 @xref{incremental and listed-incremental}.
6091 @end quotation
6092
6093 @noindent
6094 @FIXME{which tells -- need to fill this in!}
6095
6096 @node recurse
6097 @section Descending into Directories
6098 @cindex Avoiding recursion in directories
6099 @cindex Descending directories, avoiding
6100 @cindex Directories, avoiding recursion
6101 @cindex Recursion in directories, avoiding
6102 @UNREVISED
6103
6104 @FIXME{arrggh! this is still somewhat confusing to me. :-< }
6105
6106 @FIXME{show dan bob's comments, from 2-10-97}
6107
6108 Usually, @command{tar} will recursively explore all directories (either
6109 those given on the command line or through the @value{op-files-from}
6110 option) for the various files they contain. However, you may not always
6111 want @command{tar} to act this way.
6112
6113 The @value{op-no-recursion} option inhibits @command{tar}'s recursive descent
6114 into specified directories. If you specify @option{--no-recursion}, you can
6115 use the @command{find} utility for hunting through levels of directories to
6116 construct a list of file names which you could then pass to @command{tar}.
6117 @command{find} allows you to be more selective when choosing which files to
6118 archive; see @ref{files} for more information on using @command{find} with
6119 @command{tar}, or look.
6120
6121 @table @option
6122 @item --no-recursion
6123 Prevents @command{tar} from recursively descending directories.
6124
6125 @item --recursion
6126 Requires @command{tar} to recursively descend directories.
6127 This is the default.
6128 @end table
6129
6130 When you use @option{--no-recursion}, @GNUTAR{} grabs
6131 directory entries themselves, but does not descend on them
6132 recursively. Many people use @command{find} for locating files they
6133 want to back up, and since @command{tar} @emph{usually} recursively
6134 descends on directories, they have to use the @samp{@w{! -d}} option
6135 to @command{find} @FIXME{needs more explanation or a cite to another
6136 info file}as they usually do not want all the files in a directory.
6137 They then use the @value{op-files-from} option to archive the files
6138 located via @command{find}.
6139
6140 The problem when restoring files archived in this manner is that the
6141 directories themselves are not in the archive; so the
6142 @value{op-same-permissions} option does not affect them---while users
6143 might really like it to. Specifying @value{op-no-recursion} is a way to
6144 tell @command{tar} to grab only the directory entries given to it, adding
6145 no new files on its own.
6146
6147 The @value{op-no-recursion} option also applies when extracting: it
6148 causes @command{tar} to extract only the matched directory entries, not
6149 the files under those directories.
6150
6151 The @value{op-no-recursion} option also affects how exclude patterns
6152 are interpreted (@pxref{controlling pattern-patching with exclude}).
6153
6154 The @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion} options apply to
6155 later options and operands, and can be overridden by later occurrences
6156 of @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion}. For example:
6157
6158 @smallexample
6159 $ @kbd{tar -cf jams.tar --norecursion grape --recursion grape/concord}
6160 @end smallexample
6161
6162 @noindent
6163 creates an archive with one entry for @file{grape}, and the recursive
6164 contents of @file{grape/concord}, but no entries under @file{grape}
6165 other than @file{grape/concord}.
6166
6167 @node one
6168 @section Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
6169 @cindex File system boundaries, not crossing
6170 @UNREVISED
6171
6172 @command{tar} will normally automatically cross file system boundaries in
6173 order to archive files which are part of a directory tree. You can
6174 change this behavior by running @command{tar} and specifying
6175 @value{op-one-file-system}. This option only affects files that are
6176 archived because they are in a directory that is being archived;
6177 @command{tar} will still archive files explicitly named on the command line
6178 or through @value{op-files-from}, regardless of where they reside.
6179
6180 @table @option
6181 @item --one-file-system
6182 @itemx -l
6183 Prevents @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when
6184 archiving. Use in conjunction with any write operation.
6185 @end table
6186
6187 The @option{--one-file-system} option causes @command{tar} to modify its
6188 normal behavior in archiving the contents of directories. If a file in
6189 a directory is not on the same filesystem as the directory itself, then
6190 @command{tar} will not archive that file. If the file is a directory
6191 itself, @command{tar} will not archive anything beneath it; in other words,
6192 @command{tar} will not cross mount points.
6193
6194 It is reported that using this option, the mount point is is archived,
6195 but nothing under it.
6196
6197 This option is useful for making full or incremental archival backups of
6198 a file system. If this option is used in conjunction with
6199 @value{op-verbose}, files that are excluded are mentioned by name on the
6200 standard error.
6201
6202 @menu
6203 * directory:: Changing Directory
6204 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
6205 @end menu
6206
6207 @node directory
6208 @subsection Changing the Working Directory
6209
6210 @FIXME{need to read over this node now for continuity; i've switched
6211 things around some.}
6212
6213 @cindex Changing directory mid-stream
6214 @cindex Directory, changing mid-stream
6215 @cindex Working directory, specifying
6216 @UNREVISED
6217
6218 To change the working directory in the middle of a list of file names,
6219 either on the command line or in a file specified using
6220 @value{op-files-from}, use @value{op-directory}. This will change the
6221 working directory to the directory @var{directory} after that point in
6222 the list.
6223
6224 @table @option
6225 @item --directory=@var{directory}
6226 @itemx -C @var{directory}
6227 Changes the working directory in the middle of a command line.
6228 @end table
6229
6230 For example,
6231
6232 @smallexample
6233 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food cherry}
6234 @end smallexample
6235
6236 @noindent
6237 will place the files @file{grape} and @file{prune} from the current
6238 directory into the archive @file{jams.tar}, followed by the file
6239 @file{cherry} from the directory @file{food}. This option is especially
6240 useful when you have several widely separated files that you want to
6241 store in the same archive.
6242
6243 Note that the file @file{cherry} is recorded in the archive under the
6244 precise name @file{cherry}, @emph{not} @file{food/cherry}. Thus, the
6245 archive will contain three files that all appear to have come from the
6246 same directory; if the archive is extracted with plain @samp{tar
6247 --extract}, all three files will be written in the current directory.
6248
6249 Contrast this with the command,
6250
6251 @smallexample
6252 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food red/cherry}
6253 @end smallexample
6254
6255 @noindent
6256 which records the third file in the archive under the name
6257 @file{red/cherry} so that, if the archive is extracted using
6258 @samp{tar --extract}, the third file will be written in a subdirectory
6259 named @file{orange-colored}.
6260
6261 You can use the @option{--directory} option to make the archive
6262 independent of the original name of the directory holding the files.
6263 The following command places the files @file{/etc/passwd},
6264 @file{/etc/hosts}, and @file{/lib/libc.a} into the archive
6265 @file{foo.tar}:
6266
6267 @smallexample
6268 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar -C /etc passwd hosts -C /lib libc.a}
6269 @end smallexample
6270
6271 @noindent
6272 However, the names of the archive members will be exactly what they were
6273 on the command line: @file{passwd}, @file{hosts}, and @file{libc.a}.
6274 They will not appear to be related by file name to the original
6275 directories where those files were located.
6276
6277 Note that @option{--directory} options are interpreted consecutively. If
6278 @option{--directory} specifies a relative file name, it is interpreted
6279 relative to the then current directory, which might not be the same as
6280 the original current working directory of @command{tar}, due to a previous
6281 @option{--directory} option.
6282
6283 When using @option{--files-from} (@pxref{files}), you can put various
6284 @command{tar} options (including @option{-C}) in the file list. Notice,
6285 however, that in this case the option and its argument may not be
6286 separated by whitespace. If you use short option, its argument must
6287 either follow the option letter immediately, without any intervening
6288 whitespace, or occupy the next line. Otherwise, if you use long
6289 option, separate its argument by an equal sign.
6290
6291 For instance, the file list for the above example will be:
6292
6293 @smallexample
6294 @group
6295 -C
6296 /etc
6297 passwd
6298 hosts
6299 -C
6300 /lib
6301 libc.a
6302 @end group
6303 @end smallexample
6304
6305 @noindent
6306 To use it, you would invoke @command{tar} as follows:
6307
6308 @smallexample
6309 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
6310 @end smallexample
6311
6312 Notice also that you can only use the short option variant in the file
6313 list, i.e., always use @option{-C}, not @option{--directory}.
6314
6315 The interpretation of @value{op-directory} is disabled by
6316 @value{op-null} option.
6317
6318 @node absolute
6319 @subsection Absolute File Names
6320 @UNREVISED
6321
6322 @table @option
6323 @item -P
6324 @itemx --absolute-names
6325 Do not strip leading slashes from file names, and permit file names
6326 containing a @file{..} file name component.
6327 @end table
6328
6329 By default, @GNUTAR{} drops a leading @samp{/} on
6330 input or output, and complains about file names containing a @file{..}
6331 component. This option turns off this behavior.
6332
6333 When @command{tar} extracts archive members from an archive, it strips any
6334 leading slashes (@samp{/}) from the member name. This causes absolute
6335 member names in the archive to be treated as relative file names. This
6336 allows you to have such members extracted wherever you want, instead of
6337 being restricted to extracting the member in the exact directory named
6338 in the archive. For example, if the archive member has the name
6339 @file{/etc/passwd}, @command{tar} will extract it as if the name were
6340 really @file{etc/passwd}.
6341
6342 File names containing @file{..} can cause problems when extracting, so
6343 @command{tar} normally warns you about such files when creating an
6344 archive, and rejects attempts to extracts such files.
6345
6346 Other @command{tar} programs do not do this. As a result, if you
6347 create an archive whose member names start with a slash, they will be
6348 difficult for other people with a non-@GNUTAR{}
6349 program to use. Therefore, @GNUTAR{} also strips
6350 leading slashes from member names when putting members into the
6351 archive. For example, if you ask @command{tar} to add the file
6352 @file{/bin/ls} to an archive, it will do so, but the member name will
6353 be @file{bin/ls}.@footnote{A side effect of this is that when
6354 @option{--create} is used with @option{--verbose} the resulting output
6355 is not, generally speaking, the same as the one you'd get running
6356 @kbd{tar --list} command. This may be important if you use some
6357 scripts for comparing both outputs. @xref{listing member and file names},
6358 for the information on how to handle this case.}
6359
6360 If you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, @command{tar} will do
6361 none of these transformations.
6362
6363 To archive or extract files relative to the root directory, specify
6364 the @value{op-absolute-names} option.
6365
6366 Normally, @command{tar} acts on files relative to the working
6367 directory---ignoring superior directory names when archiving, and
6368 ignoring leading slashes when extracting.
6369
6370 When you specify @value{op-absolute-names}, @command{tar} stores file names
6371 including all superior directory names, and preserves leading slashes.
6372 If you only invoked @command{tar} from the root directory you would never
6373 need the @value{op-absolute-names} option, but using this option may be
6374 more convenient than switching to root.
6375
6376 @FIXME{Should be an example in the tutorial/wizardry section using this
6377 to transfer files between systems.}
6378
6379 @FIXME{Is write access an issue?}
6380
6381 @table @option
6382 @item --absolute-names
6383 Preserves full file names (including superior directory names) when
6384 archiving files. Preserves leading slash when extracting files.
6385
6386 @end table
6387
6388 @FIXME{this is still horrible; need to talk with dan on monday.}
6389
6390 @command{tar} prints out a message about removing the @samp{/} from
6391 file names. This message appears once per @GNUTAR{}
6392 invocation. It represents something which ought to be told; ignoring
6393 what it means can cause very serious surprises, later.
6394
6395 Some people, nevertheless, do not want to see this message. Wanting to
6396 play really dangerously, one may of course redirect @command{tar} standard
6397 error to the sink. For example, under @command{sh}:
6398
6399 @smallexample
6400 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar /home 2> /dev/null}
6401 @end smallexample
6402
6403 @noindent
6404 Another solution, both nicer and simpler, would be to change to
6405 the @file{/} directory first, and then avoid absolute notation.
6406 For example:
6407
6408 @smallexample
6409 $ @kbd{(cd / && tar -c -f archive.tar home)}
6410 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -C / home}
6411 @end smallexample
6412
6413 @include getdate.texi
6414
6415 @node Formats
6416 @chapter Controlling the Archive Format
6417
6418 Due to historical reasons, there are several formats of tar archives.
6419 All of them are based on the same principles, but have some subtle
6420 differences that often make them incompatible with each other.
6421
6422 GNU tar is able to create and handle archives in a variety of formats.
6423 The most frequently used formats are (in alphabetical order):
6424
6425 @table @asis
6426 @item gnu
6427 Format used by @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.13.25. This format derived
6428 from an early @acronym{POSIX} standard, adding some improvements such as
6429 sparse file handling and incremental archives. Unfortunately these
6430 features were implemented in a way incompatible with other archive
6431 formats.
6432
6433 Archives in @samp{gnu} format are able to hold pathnames of unlimited
6434 length.
6435
6436 @item oldgnu
6437 Format used by @GNUTAR{} of versions prior to 1.12.
6438
6439 @item v7
6440 Archive format, compatible with the V7 implementation of tar. This
6441 format imposes a number of limitations. The most important of them
6442 are:
6443
6444 @enumerate
6445 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 99 characters.
6446 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link is limited to 99 characters.
6447 @item It is impossible to store special files (block and character
6448 devices, fifos etc.)
6449 @item Maximum value of user or group ID is limited to 2097151 (7777777
6450 octal)
6451 @item V7 archives do not contain symbolic ownership information (user
6452 and group name of the file owner).
6453 @end enumerate
6454
6455 This format has traditionally been used by Automake when producing
6456 Makefiles. This practice will change in the future, in the meantime,
6457 however this means that projects containing filenames more than 99
6458 characters long will not be able to use @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and
6459 Automake prior to 1.9.
6460
6461 @item ustar
6462 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} specification. It stores
6463 symbolic ownership information. It is also able to store
6464 special files. However, it imposes several restrictions as well:
6465
6466 @enumerate
6467 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 256 characters,
6468 provided that the filename can be split at directory separator in
6469 two parts, first of them being at most 155 bytes long. So, in most
6470 cases the maximum file name length will be shorter than 256
6471 characters.
6472 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link name is limited to
6473 100 characters.
6474 @item Maximum size of a file the archive is able to accomodate
6475 is 8GB
6476 @item Maximum value of UID/GID is 2097151.
6477 @item Maximum number of bits in device major and minor numbers is 21.
6478 @end enumerate
6479
6480 @item star
6481 Format used by J@"org Schilling @command{star}
6482 implementation. @GNUTAR{} is able to read @samp{star} archives but
6483 currently does not produce them.
6484
6485 @item posix
6486 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} specification. This is the
6487 most flexible and feature-rich format. It does not impose any
6488 restrictions on file sizes or filename lengths. This format is quite
6489 recent, so not all tar implementations are able to handle it properly.
6490 However, this format is designed in such a way that any tar
6491 implementation able to read @samp{ustar} archives will be able to read
6492 most @samp{posix} archives as well, with the only exception that any
6493 additional information (such as long file names etc.) will in such
6494 case be extracted as plain text files along with the files it refers to.
6495
6496 This archive format will be the default format for future versions
6497 of @GNUTAR{}.
6498
6499 @end table
6500
6501 The following table summarizes the limitations of each of these
6502 formats:
6503
6504 @multitable @columnfractions .10 .20 .20 .20 .20
6505 @headitem Format @tab UID @tab File Size @tab Path Name @tab Devn
6506 @item gnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
6507 @item oldgnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
6508 @item v7 @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 99 @tab n/a
6509 @item ustar @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 256 @tab 21
6510 @item posix @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited
6511 @end multitable
6512
6513 The default format for @GNUTAR{} is defined at compilation
6514 time. You may check it by running @command{tar --help}, and examining
6515 the last lines of its output. Usually, @GNUTAR{} is configured
6516 to create archives in @samp{gnu} format, however, future version will
6517 switch to @samp{posix}.
6518
6519 @menu
6520 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6521 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
6522 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
6523 * Standard:: The Standard Format
6524 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
6525 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
6526 @end menu
6527
6528 @node Portability
6529 @section Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6530
6531 Creating a @command{tar} archive on a particular system that is meant to be
6532 useful later on many other machines and with other versions of @command{tar}
6533 is more challenging than you might think. @command{tar} archive formats
6534 have been evolving since the first versions of Unix. Many such formats
6535 are around, and are not always compatible with each other. This section
6536 discusses a few problems, and gives some advice about making @command{tar}
6537 archives more portable.
6538
6539 One golden rule is simplicity. For example, limit your @command{tar}
6540 archives to contain only regular files and directories, avoiding
6541 other kind of special files. Do not attempt to save sparse files or
6542 contiguous files as such. Let's discuss a few more problems, in turn.
6543
6544 @menu
6545 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
6546 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
6547 * old:: Old V7 Archives
6548 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
6549 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
6550 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
6551 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
6552 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
6553 @end menu
6554
6555 @node Portable Names
6556 @subsection Portable Names
6557
6558 Use portable file and member names. A name is portable if it contains
6559 only ASCII letters and digits, @samp{/}, @samp{.}, @samp{_}, and
6560 @samp{-}; it cannot be empty, start with @samp{-} or @samp{//}, or
6561 contain @samp{/-}. Avoid deep directory nesting. For portability to
6562 old Unix hosts, limit your file name components to 14 characters or
6563 less.
6564
6565 If you intend to have your @command{tar} archives to be read under
6566 MSDOS, you should not rely on case distinction for file names, and you
6567 might use the @acronym{GNU} @command{doschk} program for helping you
6568 further diagnosing illegal MSDOS names, which are even more limited
6569 than System V's.
6570
6571 @node dereference
6572 @subsection Symbolic Links
6573 @cindex File names, using symbolic links
6574 @cindex Symbolic link as file name
6575
6576 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a symbolic link, it writes a
6577 block to the archive naming the target of the link. In that way, the
6578 @command{tar} archive is a faithful record of the filesystem contents.
6579 @value{op-dereference} is used with @value{op-create}, and causes
6580 @command{tar} to archive the files symbolic links point to, instead of
6581 the links themselves. When this option is used, when @command{tar}
6582 encounters a symbolic link, it will archive the linked-to file,
6583 instead of simply recording the presence of a symbolic link.
6584
6585 The name under which the file is stored in the file system is not
6586 recorded in the archive. To record both the symbolic link name and
6587 the file name in the system, archive the file under both names. If
6588 all links were recorded automatically by @command{tar}, an extracted file
6589 might be linked to a file name that no longer exists in the file
6590 system.
6591
6592 If a linked-to file is encountered again by @command{tar} while creating
6593 the same archive, an entire second copy of it will be stored. (This
6594 @emph{might} be considered a bug.)
6595
6596 So, for portable archives, do not archive symbolic links as such,
6597 and use @value{op-dereference}: many systems do not support
6598 symbolic links, and moreover, your distribution might be unusable if
6599 it contains unresolved symbolic links.
6600
6601 @node old
6602 @subsection Old V7 Archives
6603 @cindex Format, old style
6604 @cindex Old style format
6605 @cindex Old style archives
6606
6607 Certain old versions of @command{tar} cannot handle additional
6608 information recorded by newer @command{tar} programs. To create an
6609 archive in V7 format (not ANSI), which can be read by these old
6610 versions, specify the @value{op-format-v7} option in
6611 conjunction with the @value{op-create} (@command{tar} also
6612 accepts @option{--portability} or @samp{op-old-archive} for this
6613 option). When you specify it,
6614 @command{tar} leaves out information about directories, pipes, fifos,
6615 contiguous files, and device files, and specifies file ownership by
6616 group and user IDs instead of group and user names.
6617
6618 When updating an archive, do not use @value{op-format-v7}
6619 unless the archive was created using this option.
6620
6621 In most cases, a @emph{new} format archive can be read by an @emph{old}
6622 @command{tar} program without serious trouble, so this option should
6623 seldom be needed. On the other hand, most modern @command{tar}s are
6624 able to read old format archives, so it might be safer for you to
6625 always use @value{op-format-v7} for your distributions.
6626
6627 @node ustar
6628 @subsection Ustar Archive Format
6629
6630 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX}.1-1988 specification is called
6631 @code{ustar}. Although it is more flexible than the V7 format, it
6632 still has many restrictions (@xref{Formats,ustar}, for the detailed
6633 description of @code{ustar} format). Along with V7 format,
6634 @code{ustar} format is a good choice for archives intended to be read
6635 with other implementations of @command{tar}.
6636
6637 To create archive in @code{ustar} format, use @value{op-format-ustar}
6638 option in conjunction with the @value{op-create}.
6639
6640 @node gnu
6641 @subsection @acronym{GNU} and old @GNUTAR{} format
6642
6643 @GNUTAR{} was based on an early draft of the
6644 @acronym{POSIX} 1003.1 @code{ustar} standard. @acronym{GNU} extensions to
6645 @command{tar}, such as the support for file names longer than 100
6646 characters, use portions of the @command{tar} header record which were
6647 specified in that @acronym{POSIX} draft as unused. Subsequent changes in
6648 @acronym{POSIX} have allocated the same parts of the header record for
6649 other purposes. As a result, @GNUTAR{} format is
6650 incompatible with the current @acronym{POSIX} specification, and with
6651 @command{tar} programs that follow it.
6652
6653 In the majority of cases, @command{tar} will be configured to create
6654 this format by default. This will change in the future releases, since
6655 we plan to make @samp{posix} format the default.
6656
6657 To force creation a @GNUTAR{} archive, use option
6658 @value{op-format-gnu}.
6659
6660 Some @command{tar} options are currently basing on @GNUTAR{}
6661 format, and can therefore be used only with @samp{gnu}
6662 or @samp{oldgnu} archive formats. The list of such options follows:
6663
6664 @itemize @bullet
6665 @item @value{op-label}, when used with @value{op-create}.
6666 @item @value{op-incremental}
6667 @item @value{op-multi-volume}
6668 @end itemize
6669
6670 These options will be re-implemented for the @samp{posix} archive
6671 format in the future.
6672
6673 @node posix
6674 @subsection @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
6675
6676 The version @value{VERSION} of @GNUTAR{} is able
6677 to read and create archives conforming to @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} standard.
6678
6679 A @acronym{POSIX} conformant archive will be created if @command{tar}
6680 was given @value{op-format-posix} option.
6681 Notice, that currently @acronym{GNU} extensions are not
6682 allowed with this format. Following is the list of options that
6683 cannot be used with @value{op-format-posix}:
6684
6685 @itemize @bullet
6686 @item @value{op-label}, when used with @value{op-create}.
6687 @item @value{op-incremental}
6688 @item @value{op-multi-volume}
6689 @end itemize
6690
6691 This restriction will disappear in the future versions.
6692
6693 @node Checksumming
6694 @subsection Checksumming Problems
6695
6696 SunOS and HP-UX @command{tar} fail to accept archives created using
6697 @GNUTAR{} and containing non-ASCII file names, that
6698 is, file names having characters with the eight bit set, because they
6699 use signed checksums, while @GNUTAR{} uses unsigned
6700 checksums while creating archives, as per @acronym{POSIX} standards. On
6701 reading, @GNUTAR{} computes both checksums and
6702 accept any. It is somewhat worrying that a lot of people may go
6703 around doing backup of their files using faulty (or at least
6704 non-standard) software, not learning about it until it's time to
6705 restore their missing files with an incompatible file extractor, or
6706 vice versa.
6707
6708 @GNUTAR{} compute checksums both ways, and accept
6709 any on read, so @acronym{GNU} tar can read Sun tapes even with their
6710 wrong checksums. @GNUTAR{} produces the standard
6711 checksum, however, raising incompatibilities with Sun. That is to
6712 say, @GNUTAR{} has not been modified to
6713 @emph{produce} incorrect archives to be read by buggy @command{tar}'s.
6714 I've been told that more recent Sun @command{tar} now read standard
6715 archives, so maybe Sun did a similar patch, after all?
6716
6717 The story seems to be that when Sun first imported @command{tar}
6718 sources on their system, they recompiled it without realizing that
6719 the checksums were computed differently, because of a change in
6720 the default signing of @code{char}'s in their compiler. So they
6721 started computing checksums wrongly. When they later realized their
6722 mistake, they merely decided to stay compatible with it, and with
6723 themselves afterwards. Presumably, but I do not really know, HP-UX
6724 has chosen that their @command{tar} archives to be compatible with Sun's.
6725 The current standards do not favor Sun @command{tar} format. In any
6726 case, it now falls on the shoulders of SunOS and HP-UX users to get
6727 a @command{tar} able to read the good archives they receive.
6728
6729 @node Large or Negative Values
6730 @subsection Large or Negative Values
6731 @cindex large values
6732 @cindex future time stamps
6733 @cindex negative time stamps
6734
6735 @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar} format uses fixed-sized unsigned octal strings
6736 to represent numeric values. User and group IDs and device major and
6737 minor numbers have unsigned 21-bit representations, and file sizes and
6738 times have unsigned 33-bit representations. @GNUTAR{}
6739 generates @acronym{POSIX} representations when possible, but for values
6740 outside the @acronym{POSIX} range it generates two's-complement base-256
6741 strings: uids, gids, and device numbers have signed 57-bit
6742 representations, and file sizes and times have signed 89-bit
6743 representations. These representations are an extension to @acronym{POSIX}
6744 @command{tar} format, so they are not universally portable.
6745
6746 The most common portability problems with out-of-range numeric values
6747 are large files and future or negative time stamps.
6748
6749 Portable archives should avoid members of 8 GB or larger, as @acronym{POSIX}
6750 @command{tar} format cannot represent them.
6751
6752 Portable archives should avoid time stamps from the future. @acronym{POSIX}
6753 @command{tar} format can represent time stamps in the range 1970-01-01
6754 00:00:00 through 2242-03-16 12:56:31 @sc{utc}. However, many current
6755 hosts use a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}, or internal time stamp format,
6756 and cannot represent time stamps after 2038-01-19 03:14:07 @sc{utc}; so
6757 portable archives must avoid these time stamps for many years to come.
6758
6759 Portable archives should also avoid time stamps before 1970. These time
6760 stamps are a common @acronym{POSIX} extension but their @code{time_t}
6761 representations are negative. Many traditional @command{tar}
6762 implementations generate a two's complement representation for negative
6763 time stamps that assumes a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}; hence they
6764 generate archives that are not portable to hosts with differing
6765 @code{time_t} representations. @GNUTAR{} recognizes this
6766 situation when it is run on host with a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}, but
6767 it issues a warning, as these time stamps are nonstandard and unportable.
6768
6769 @node Compression
6770 @section Using Less Space through Compression
6771
6772 @menu
6773 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
6774 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
6775 @end menu
6776
6777 @node gzip
6778 @subsection Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
6779 @cindex Compressed archives
6780 @cindex Storing archives in compressed format
6781
6782 @GNUTAR{} is able to create and read compressed archives. It supports
6783 @command{gzip} and @command{bzip2} compression programs. For backward
6784 compatibilty, it also supports @command{compress} command, although
6785 we strongly recommend against using it, since there is a patent
6786 covering the algorithm it uses and you could be sued for patent
6787 infringement merely by running @command{compress}! Besides, it is less
6788 effective than @command{gzip} and @command{bzip2}.
6789
6790 Creating a compressed archive is simple: you just specify a
6791 @dfn{compression option} along with the usual archive creation
6792 commands. The compression option is @option{-z} (@option{--gzip}) to
6793 create a @command{gzip} compressed archive, @option{-j}
6794 (@option{--bzip2}) to create a @command{bzip2} compressed archive, and
6795 @option{-Z} (@option{--compress}) to use @command{compress} program.
6796 For example:
6797
6798 @smallexample
6799 $ @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz .}
6800 @end smallexample
6801
6802 Reading compressed archive is even simpler: you don't need to specify
6803 any additional options as @GNUTAR{} recognizes its format
6804 automatically. Thus, the following commands will list and extract the
6805 archive created in previous example:
6806
6807 @smallexample
6808 # List the compressed archive
6809 $ @kbd{tar tf archive.tar.gz}
6810 # Extract the compressed archive
6811 $ @kbd{tar xf archive.tar.gz}
6812 @end smallexample
6813
6814 The only case when you have to specify a decompression option while
6815 reading the archive is when reading from a pipe or from a tape drive
6816 that does not support random access. However, in this case @GNUTAR{}
6817 will indicate which option you should use. For example:
6818
6819 @smallexample
6820 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tf -}
6821 tar: Archive is compressed. Use -z option
6822 tar: Error is not recoverable: exiting now
6823 @end smallexample
6824
6825 If you see such diagnostics, just add the suggested option to the
6826 invocation of @GNUTAR{}:
6827
6828 @smallexample
6829 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tfz -}
6830 @end smallexample
6831
6832 Notice also, that there are several restrictions on operations on
6833 compressed archives. First of all, compressed archives cannot be
6834 modified, i.e., you cannot update (@value{op-update}) them or delete
6835 (@value{op-delete}) members from them. Likewise, you cannot append
6836 another @command{tar} archive to a compressed archive using
6837 @value{op-append}). Secondly, multi-volume archives cannot be
6838 compressed.
6839
6840 The following table summarizes compression options used by @GNUTAR{}.
6841
6842 @table @option
6843 @item -z
6844 @itemx --gzip
6845 @itemx --ungzip
6846 Filter the archive through @command{gzip}.
6847
6848 You can use @option{--gzip} and @option{--gunzip} on physical devices
6849 (tape drives, etc.) and remote files as well as on normal files; data
6850 to or from such devices or remote files is reblocked by another copy
6851 of the @command{tar} program to enforce the specified (or default) record
6852 size. The default compression parameters are used; if you need to
6853 override them, set @env{GZIP} environment variable, e.g.:
6854
6855 @smallexample
6856 $ @kbd{GZIP=--best tar cfz archive.tar.gz subdir}
6857 @end smallexample
6858
6859 @noindent
6860 Another way would be to avoid the @value{op-gzip} option and run
6861 @command{gzip} explicitly:
6862
6863 @smallexample
6864 $ @kbd{tar cf - subdir | gzip --best -c - > archive.tar.gz}
6865 @end smallexample
6866
6867 @cindex corrupted archives
6868 About corrupted compressed archives: @command{gzip}'ed files have no
6869 redundancy, for maximum compression. The adaptive nature of the
6870 compression scheme means that the compression tables are implicitly
6871 spread all over the archive. If you lose a few blocks, the dynamic
6872 construction of the compression tables becomes unsynchronized, and there
6873 is little chance that you could recover later in the archive.
6874
6875 There are pending suggestions for having a per-volume or per-file
6876 compression in @GNUTAR{}. This would allow for viewing the
6877 contents without decompression, and for resynchronizing decompression at
6878 every volume or file, in case of corrupted archives. Doing so, we might
6879 lose some compressibility. But this would have make recovering easier.
6880 So, there are pros and cons. We'll see!
6881
6882 @item -j
6883 @itemx --bzip2
6884 Filter the archive through @code{bzip2}. Otherwise like @value{op-gzip}.
6885
6886 @item -Z
6887 @itemx --compress
6888 @itemx --uncompress
6889 Filter the archive through @command{compress}. Otherwise like
6890 @value{op-gzip}.
6891
6892 The @acronym{GNU} Project recommends you not use
6893 @command{compress}, because there is a patent covering the algorithm it
6894 uses. You could be sued for patent infringement merely by running
6895 @command{compress}.
6896
6897 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
6898 Use external compression program @var{prog}. Use this option if you
6899 have a compression program that @GNUTAR{} does not support. There
6900 are two requirements to which @var{prog} should comply:
6901
6902 First, when called without options, it should read data from standard
6903 input, compress it and output it on standard output.
6904
6905 Secondly, if called with @option{-d} argument, it should do exactly
6906 the opposite, i.e., read the compressed data from the standard input
6907 and produce uncompressed data on the standard output.
6908 @end table
6909
6910 @FIXME{I have one question, or maybe it's a suggestion if there isn't a way
6911 to do it now. I would like to use @value{op-gzip}, but I'd also like
6912 the output to be fed through a program like @acronym{GNU}
6913 @command{ecc} (actually, right now that's @samp{exactly} what I'd like
6914 to use :-)), basically adding ECC protection on top of compression.
6915 It seems as if this should be quite easy to do, but I can't work out
6916 exactly how to go about it. Of course, I can pipe the standard output
6917 of @command{tar} through @command{ecc}, but then I lose (though I
6918 haven't started using it yet, I confess) the ability to have
6919 @command{tar} use @command{rmt} for it's I/O (I think).
6920
6921 I think the most straightforward thing would be to let me specify a
6922 general set of filters outboard of compression (preferably ordered,
6923 so the order can be automatically reversed on input operations, and
6924 with the options they require specifiable), but beggars shouldn't be
6925 choosers and anything you decide on would be fine with me.
6926
6927 By the way, I like @command{ecc} but if (as the comments say) it can't
6928 deal with loss of block sync, I'm tempted to throw some time at adding
6929 that capability. Supposing I were to actually do such a thing and
6930 get it (apparently) working, do you accept contributed changes to
6931 utilities like that? (Leigh Clayton @file{loc@@soliton.com}, May 1995).
6932
6933 Isn't that exactly the role of the @value{op-use-compress-prog} option?
6934 I never tried it myself, but I suspect you may want to write a
6935 @var{prog} script or program able to filter stdin to stdout to
6936 way you want. It should recognize the @option{-d} option, for when
6937 extraction is needed rather than creation.
6938
6939 It has been reported that if one writes compressed data (through the
6940 @value{op-gzip} or @value{op-compress} options) to a DLT and tries to use
6941 the DLT compression mode, the data will actually get bigger and one will
6942 end up with less space on the tape.}
6943
6944 @node sparse
6945 @subsection Archiving Sparse Files
6946 @cindex Sparse Files
6947 @UNREVISED
6948
6949 @table @option
6950 @item -S
6951 @itemx --sparse
6952 Handle sparse files efficiently.
6953 @end table
6954
6955 This option causes all files to be put in the archive to be tested for
6956 sparseness, and handled specially if they are. The @value{op-sparse}
6957 option is useful when many @code{dbm} files, for example, are being
6958 backed up. Using this option dramatically decreases the amount of
6959 space needed to store such a file.
6960
6961 In later versions, this option may be removed, and the testing and
6962 treatment of sparse files may be done automatically with any special
6963 @acronym{GNU} options. For now, it is an option needing to be specified on
6964 the command line with the creation or updating of an archive.
6965
6966 Files in the filesystem occasionally have ``holes.'' A hole in a file
6967 is a section of the file's contents which was never written. The
6968 contents of a hole read as all zeros. On many operating systems,
6969 actual disk storage is not allocated for holes, but they are counted
6970 in the length of the file. If you archive such a file, @command{tar}
6971 could create an archive longer than the original. To have @command{tar}
6972 attempt to recognize the holes in a file, use @value{op-sparse}. When
6973 you use the @value{op-sparse} option, then, for any file using less
6974 disk space than would be expected from its length, @command{tar} searches
6975 the file for consecutive stretches of zeros. It then records in the
6976 archive for the file where the consecutive stretches of zeros are, and
6977 only archives the ``real contents'' of the file. On extraction (using
6978 @value{op-sparse} is not needed on extraction) any such files have
6979 holes created wherever the continuous stretches of zeros were found.
6980 Thus, if you use @value{op-sparse}, @command{tar} archives won't take
6981 more space than the original.
6982
6983 A file is sparse if it contains blocks of zeros whose existence is
6984 recorded, but that have no space allocated on disk. When you specify
6985 the @value{op-sparse} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create}
6986 operation, @command{tar} tests all files for sparseness while archiving.
6987 If @command{tar} finds a file to be sparse, it uses a sparse representation of
6988 the file in the archive. @value{xref-create}, for more information
6989 about creating archives.
6990
6991 @value{op-sparse} is useful when archiving files, such as dbm files,
6992 likely to contain many nulls. This option dramatically
6993 decreases the amount of space needed to store such an archive.
6994
6995 @quotation
6996 @strong{Please Note:} Always use @value{op-sparse} when performing file
6997 system backups, to avoid archiving the expanded forms of files stored
6998 sparsely in the system.
6999
7000 Even if your system has no sparse files currently, some may be
7001 created in the future. If you use @value{op-sparse} while making file
7002 system backups as a matter of course, you can be assured the archive
7003 will never take more space on the media than the files take on disk
7004 (otherwise, archiving a disk filled with sparse files might take
7005 hundreds of tapes). @FIXME-xref{incremental when node name is set.}
7006 @end quotation
7007
7008 @command{tar} ignores the @value{op-sparse} option when reading an archive.
7009
7010 @table @option
7011 @item --sparse
7012 @itemx -S
7013 Files stored sparsely in the file system are represented sparsely in
7014 the archive. Use in conjunction with write operations.
7015 @end table
7016
7017 However, users should be well aware that at archive creation time,
7018 @GNUTAR{} still has to read whole disk file to
7019 locate the @dfn{holes}, and so, even if sparse files use little space
7020 on disk and in the archive, they may sometimes require inordinate
7021 amount of time for reading and examining all-zero blocks of a file.
7022 Although it works, it's painfully slow for a large (sparse) file, even
7023 though the resulting tar archive may be small. (One user reports that
7024 dumping a @file{core} file of over 400 megabytes, but with only about
7025 3 megabytes of actual data, took about 9 minutes on a Sun Sparcstation
7026 ELC, with full CPU utilization.)
7027
7028 This reading is required in all cases and is not related to the fact
7029 the @value{op-sparse} option is used or not, so by merely @emph{not}
7030 using the option, you are not saving time@footnote{Well! We should say
7031 the whole truth, here. When @value{op-sparse} is selected while creating
7032 an archive, the current @command{tar} algorithm requires sparse files to be
7033 read twice, not once. We hope to develop a new archive format for saving
7034 sparse files in which one pass will be sufficient.}.
7035
7036 Programs like @command{dump} do not have to read the entire file; by
7037 examining the file system directly, they can determine in advance
7038 exactly where the holes are and thus avoid reading through them. The
7039 only data it need read are the actual allocated data blocks.
7040 @GNUTAR{} uses a more portable and straightforward
7041 archiving approach, it would be fairly difficult that it does
7042 otherwise. Elizabeth Zwicky writes to @file{comp.unix.internals}, on
7043 1990-12-10:
7044
7045 @quotation
7046 What I did say is that you cannot tell the difference between a hole and an
7047 equivalent number of nulls without reading raw blocks. @code{st_blocks} at
7048 best tells you how many holes there are; it doesn't tell you @emph{where}.
7049 Just as programs may, conceivably, care what @code{st_blocks} is (care
7050 to name one that does?), they may also care where the holes are (I have
7051 no examples of this one either, but it's equally imaginable).
7052
7053 I conclude from this that good archivers are not portable. One can
7054 arguably conclude that if you want a portable program, you can in good
7055 conscience restore files with as many holes as possible, since you can't
7056 get it right.
7057 @end quotation
7058
7059 @node Attributes
7060 @section Handling File Attributes
7061 @UNREVISED
7062
7063 When @command{tar} reads files, this causes them to have the access
7064 times updated. To have @command{tar} attempt to set the access times
7065 back to what they were before they were read, use the
7066 @value{op-atime-preserve} option.
7067
7068 Handling of file attributes
7069
7070 @table @option
7071 @item --atime-preserve
7072 Preserve access times on files that are read.
7073 This doesn't work for files that
7074 you don't own, unless you're root, and it doesn't interact with
7075 incremental dumps nicely (@pxref{Backups}), and it can set access or
7076 modification times incorrectly if other programs access the file while
7077 @command{tar} is running; but it is good enough for some purposes.
7078
7079 @item -m
7080 @itemx --touch
7081 Do not extract file modified time.
7082
7083 When this option is used, @command{tar} leaves the modification times
7084 of the files it extracts as the time when the files were extracted,
7085 instead of setting it to the time recorded in the archive.
7086
7087 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
7088
7089 @item --same-owner
7090 Create extracted files with the same ownership they have in the
7091 archive.
7092
7093 This is the default behavior for the superuser,
7094 so this option is meaningful only for non-root users, when @command{tar}
7095 is executed on those systems able to give files away. This is
7096 considered as a security flaw by many people, at least because it
7097 makes quite difficult to correctly account users for the disk space
7098 they occupy. Also, the @code{suid} or @code{sgid} attributes of
7099 files are easily and silently lost when files are given away.
7100
7101 When writing an archive, @command{tar} writes the user id and user name
7102 separately. If it can't find a user name (because the user id is not
7103 in @file{/etc/passwd}), then it does not write one. When restoring,
7104 and doing a @code{chmod} like when you use @value{op-same-permissions},
7105 @FIXME{same-owner?}it tries to look the name (if one was written)
7106 up in @file{/etc/passwd}. If it fails, then it uses the user id
7107 stored in the archive instead.
7108
7109 @item --no-same-owner
7110 @itemx -o
7111 Do not attempt to restore ownership when extracting. This is the
7112 default behavior for ordinary users, so this option has an effect
7113 only for the superuser.
7114
7115 @item --numeric-owner
7116 The @value{op-numeric-owner} option allows (ANSI) archives to be written
7117 without user/group name information or such information to be ignored
7118 when extracting. It effectively disables the generation and/or use
7119 of user/group name information. This option forces extraction using
7120 the numeric ids from the archive, ignoring the names.
7121
7122 This is useful in certain circumstances, when restoring a backup from
7123 an emergency floppy with different passwd/group files for example.
7124 It is otherwise impossible to extract files with the right ownerships
7125 if the password file in use during the extraction does not match the
7126 one belonging to the filesystem(s) being extracted. This occurs,
7127 for example, if you are restoring your files after a major crash and
7128 had booted from an emergency floppy with no password file or put your
7129 disk into another machine to do the restore.
7130
7131 The numeric ids are @emph{always} saved into @command{tar} archives.
7132 The identifying names are added at create time when provided by the
7133 system, unless @value{op-old-archive} is used. Numeric ids could be
7134 used when moving archives between a collection of machines using
7135 a centralized management for attribution of numeric ids to users
7136 and groups. This is often made through using the NIS capabilities.
7137
7138 When making a @command{tar} file for distribution to other sites, it
7139 is sometimes cleaner to use a single owner for all files in the
7140 distribution, and nicer to specify the write permission bits of the
7141 files as stored in the archive independently of their actual value on
7142 the file system. The way to prepare a clean distribution is usually
7143 to have some Makefile rule creating a directory, copying all needed
7144 files in that directory, then setting ownership and permissions as
7145 wanted (there are a lot of possible schemes), and only then making a
7146 @command{tar} archive out of this directory, before cleaning
7147 everything out. Of course, we could add a lot of options to
7148 @GNUTAR{} for fine tuning permissions and ownership.
7149 This is not the good way, I think. @GNUTAR{} is
7150 already crowded with options and moreover, the approach just explained
7151 gives you a great deal of control already.
7152
7153 @item -p
7154 @itemx --same-permissions
7155 @itemx --preserve-permissions
7156 Extract all protection information.
7157
7158 This option causes @command{tar} to set the modes (access permissions) of
7159 extracted files exactly as recorded in the archive. If this option
7160 is not used, the current @code{umask} setting limits the permissions
7161 on extracted files. This option is by default enabled when
7162 @command{tar} is executed by a superuser.
7163
7164
7165 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
7166
7167 @item --preserve
7168 Same as both @value{op-same-permissions} and @value{op-same-order}.
7169
7170 The @value{op-preserve} option has no equivalent short option name.
7171 It is equivalent to @value{op-same-permissions} plus @value{op-same-order}.
7172
7173 @FIXME{I do not see the purpose of such an option. (Neither I. FP.)}
7174
7175 @end table
7176
7177 @node Standard
7178 @section Basic Tar Format
7179 @UNREVISED
7180
7181 While an archive may contain many files, the archive itself is a
7182 single ordinary file. Like any other file, an archive file can be
7183 written to a storage device such as a tape or disk, sent through a
7184 pipe or over a network, saved on the active file system, or even
7185 stored in another archive. An archive file is not easy to read or
7186 manipulate without using the @command{tar} utility or Tar mode in
7187 @acronym{GNU} Emacs.
7188
7189 Physically, an archive consists of a series of file entries terminated
7190 by an end-of-archive entry, which consists of two 512 blocks of zero
7191 bytes. A file
7192 entry usually describes one of the files in the archive (an
7193 @dfn{archive member}), and consists of a file header and the contents
7194 of the file. File headers contain file names and statistics, checksum
7195 information which @command{tar} uses to detect file corruption, and
7196 information about file types.
7197
7198 Archives are permitted to have more than one member with the same
7199 member name. One way this situation can occur is if more than one
7200 version of a file has been stored in the archive. For information
7201 about adding new versions of a file to an archive, see @ref{update}.
7202 @FIXME-xref{To learn more about having more than one archive member with the
7203 same name, see -backup node, when it's written.}
7204
7205 In addition to entries describing archive members, an archive may
7206 contain entries which @command{tar} itself uses to store information.
7207 @value{xref-label}, for an example of such an archive entry.
7208
7209 A @command{tar} archive file contains a series of blocks. Each block
7210 contains @code{BLOCKSIZE} bytes. Although this format may be thought
7211 of as being on magnetic tape, other media are often used.
7212
7213 Each file archived is represented by a header block which describes
7214 the file, followed by zero or more blocks which give the contents
7215 of the file. At the end of the archive file there are two 512-byte blocks
7216 filled with binary zeros as an end-of-file marker. A reasonable system
7217 should write such end-of-file marker at the end of an archive, but
7218 must not assume that such a block exists when reading an archive. In
7219 particular @GNUTAR{} always issues a warning if it does not encounter it.
7220
7221 The blocks may be @dfn{blocked} for physical I/O operations.
7222 Each record of @var{n} blocks (where @var{n} is set by the
7223 @value{op-blocking-factor} option to @command{tar}) is written with a single
7224 @w{@samp{write ()}} operation. On magnetic tapes, the result of
7225 such a write is a single record. When writing an archive,
7226 the last record of blocks should be written at the full size, with
7227 blocks after the zero block containing all zeros. When reading
7228 an archive, a reasonable system should properly handle an archive
7229 whose last record is shorter than the rest, or which contains garbage
7230 records after a zero block.
7231
7232 The header block is defined in C as follows. In the @GNUTAR{}
7233 distribution, this is part of file @file{src/tar.h}:
7234
7235 @smallexample
7236 @include header.texi
7237 @end smallexample
7238
7239 All characters in header blocks are represented by using 8-bit
7240 characters in the local variant of ASCII. Each field within the
7241 structure is contiguous; that is, there is no padding used within
7242 the structure. Each character on the archive medium is stored
7243 contiguously.
7244
7245 Bytes representing the contents of files (after the header block
7246 of each file) are not translated in any way and are not constrained
7247 to represent characters in any character set. The @command{tar} format
7248 does not distinguish text files from binary files, and no translation
7249 of file contents is performed.
7250
7251 The @code{name}, @code{linkname}, @code{magic}, @code{uname}, and
7252 @code{gname} are null-terminated character strings. All other fields
7253 are zero-filled octal numbers in ASCII. Each numeric field of width
7254 @var{w} contains @var{w} minus 1 digits, and a null.
7255
7256 The @code{name} field is the file name of the file, with directory names
7257 (if any) preceding the file name, separated by slashes.
7258
7259 @FIXME{how big a name before field overflows?}
7260
7261 The @code{mode} field provides nine bits specifying file permissions
7262 and three bits to specify the Set UID, Set GID, and Save Text
7263 (@dfn{sticky}) modes. Values for these bits are defined above.
7264 When special permissions are required to create a file with a given
7265 mode, and the user restoring files from the archive does not hold such
7266 permissions, the mode bit(s) specifying those special permissions
7267 are ignored. Modes which are not supported by the operating system
7268 restoring files from the archive will be ignored. Unsupported modes
7269 should be faked up when creating or updating an archive; e.g., the
7270 group permission could be copied from the @emph{other} permission.
7271
7272 The @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields are the numeric user and group
7273 ID of the file owners, respectively. If the operating system does
7274 not support numeric user or group IDs, these fields should be ignored.
7275
7276 The @code{size} field is the size of the file in bytes; linked files
7277 are archived with this field specified as zero. @FIXME-xref{Modifiers, in
7278 particular the @value{op-incremental} option.}
7279
7280 The @code{mtime} field is the modification time of the file at the time
7281 it was archived. It is the ASCII representation of the octal value of
7282 the last time the file was modified, represented as an integer number of
7283 seconds since January 1, 1970, 00:00 Coordinated Universal Time.
7284
7285 The @code{chksum} field is the ASCII representation of the octal value
7286 of the simple sum of all bytes in the header block. Each 8-bit
7287 byte in the header is added to an unsigned integer, initialized to
7288 zero, the precision of which shall be no less than seventeen bits.
7289 When calculating the checksum, the @code{chksum} field is treated as
7290 if it were all blanks.
7291
7292 The @code{typeflag} field specifies the type of file archived. If a
7293 particular implementation does not recognize or permit the specified
7294 type, the file will be extracted as if it were a regular file. As this
7295 action occurs, @command{tar} issues a warning to the standard error.
7296
7297 The @code{atime} and @code{ctime} fields are used in making incremental
7298 backups; they store, respectively, the particular file's access time
7299 and last inode-change time.
7300
7301 The @code{offset} is used by the @value{op-multi-volume} option, when
7302 making a multi-volume archive. The offset is number of bytes into
7303 the file that we need to restart at to continue the file on the next
7304 tape, i.e., where we store the location that a continued file is
7305 continued at.
7306
7307 The following fields were added to deal with sparse files. A file
7308 is @dfn{sparse} if it takes in unallocated blocks which end up being
7309 represented as zeros, i.e., no useful data. A test to see if a file
7310 is sparse is to look at the number blocks allocated for it versus the
7311 number of characters in the file; if there are fewer blocks allocated
7312 for the file than would normally be allocated for a file of that
7313 size, then the file is sparse. This is the method @command{tar} uses to
7314 detect a sparse file, and once such a file is detected, it is treated
7315 differently from non-sparse files.
7316
7317 Sparse files are often @code{dbm} files, or other database-type files
7318 which have data at some points and emptiness in the greater part of
7319 the file. Such files can appear to be very large when an @samp{ls
7320 -l} is done on them, when in truth, there may be a very small amount
7321 of important data contained in the file. It is thus undesirable
7322 to have @command{tar} think that it must back up this entire file, as
7323 great quantities of room are wasted on empty blocks, which can lead
7324 to running out of room on a tape far earlier than is necessary.
7325 Thus, sparse files are dealt with so that these empty blocks are
7326 not written to the tape. Instead, what is written to the tape is a
7327 description, of sorts, of the sparse file: where the holes are, how
7328 big the holes are, and how much data is found at the end of the hole.
7329 This way, the file takes up potentially far less room on the tape,
7330 and when the file is extracted later on, it will look exactly the way
7331 it looked beforehand. The following is a description of the fields
7332 used to handle a sparse file:
7333
7334 The @code{sp} is an array of @code{struct sparse}. Each @code{struct
7335 sparse} contains two 12-character strings which represent an offset
7336 into the file and a number of bytes to be written at that offset.
7337 The offset is absolute, and not relative to the offset in preceding
7338 array element.
7339
7340 The header can hold four of these @code{struct sparse} at the moment;
7341 if more are needed, they are not stored in the header.
7342
7343 The @code{isextended} flag is set when an @code{extended_header}
7344 is needed to deal with a file. Note that this means that this flag
7345 can only be set when dealing with a sparse file, and it is only set
7346 in the event that the description of the file will not fit in the
7347 allotted room for sparse structures in the header. In other words,
7348 an extended_header is needed.
7349
7350 The @code{extended_header} structure is used for sparse files which
7351 need more sparse structures than can fit in the header. The header can
7352 fit 4 such structures; if more are needed, the flag @code{isextended}
7353 gets set and the next block is an @code{extended_header}.
7354
7355 Each @code{extended_header} structure contains an array of 21
7356 sparse structures, along with a similar @code{isextended} flag
7357 that the header had. There can be an indeterminate number of such
7358 @code{extended_header}s to describe a sparse file.
7359
7360 @table @asis
7361
7362 @item @code{REGTYPE}
7363 @itemx @code{AREGTYPE}
7364 These flags represent a regular file. In order to be compatible
7365 with older versions of @command{tar}, a @code{typeflag} value of
7366 @code{AREGTYPE} should be silently recognized as a regular file.
7367 New archives should be created using @code{REGTYPE}. Also, for
7368 backward compatibility, @command{tar} treats a regular file whose name
7369 ends with a slash as a directory.
7370
7371 @item @code{LNKTYPE}
7372 This flag represents a file linked to another file, of any type,
7373 previously archived. Such files are identified in Unix by each
7374 file having the same device and inode number. The linked-to name is
7375 specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7376
7377 @item @code{SYMTYPE}
7378 This represents a symbolic link to another file. The linked-to name
7379 is specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7380
7381 @item @code{CHRTYPE}
7382 @itemx @code{BLKTYPE}
7383 These represent character special files and block special files
7384 respectively. In this case the @code{devmajor} and @code{devminor}
7385 fields will contain the major and minor device numbers respectively.
7386 Operating systems may map the device specifications to their own
7387 local specification, or may ignore the entry.
7388
7389 @item @code{DIRTYPE}
7390 This flag specifies a directory or sub-directory. The directory
7391 name in the @code{name} field should end with a slash. On systems where
7392 disk allocation is performed on a directory basis, the @code{size} field
7393 will contain the maximum number of bytes (which may be rounded to
7394 the nearest disk block allocation unit) which the directory may
7395 hold. A @code{size} field of zero indicates no such limiting. Systems
7396 which do not support limiting in this manner should ignore the
7397 @code{size} field.
7398
7399 @item @code{FIFOTYPE}
7400 This specifies a FIFO special file. Note that the archiving of a
7401 FIFO file archives the existence of this file and not its contents.
7402
7403 @item @code{CONTTYPE}
7404 This specifies a contiguous file, which is the same as a normal
7405 file except that, in operating systems which support it, all its
7406 space is allocated contiguously on the disk. Operating systems
7407 which do not allow contiguous allocation should silently treat this
7408 type as a normal file.
7409
7410 @item @code{A} @dots{} @code{Z}
7411 These are reserved for custom implementations. Some of these are
7412 used in the @acronym{GNU} modified format, as described below.
7413
7414 @end table
7415
7416 Other values are reserved for specification in future revisions of
7417 the P1003 standard, and should not be used by any @command{tar} program.
7418
7419 The @code{magic} field indicates that this archive was output in
7420 the P1003 archive format. If this field contains @code{TMAGIC},
7421 the @code{uname} and @code{gname} fields will contain the ASCII
7422 representation of the owner and group of the file respectively.
7423 If found, the user and group IDs are used rather than the values in
7424 the @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields.
7425
7426 For references, see ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 or IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, pages
7427 169-173 (section 10.1) for @cite{Archive/Interchange File Format}; and
7428 IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, pages 380-388 (section 4.48) and pages 936-940
7429 (section E.4.48) for @cite{pax - Portable archive interchange}.
7430
7431 @node Extensions
7432 @section @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
7433 @UNREVISED
7434
7435 The @acronym{GNU} format uses additional file types to describe new types of
7436 files in an archive. These are listed below.
7437
7438 @table @code
7439 @item GNUTYPE_DUMPDIR
7440 @itemx 'D'
7441 This represents a directory and a list of files created by the
7442 @value{op-incremental} option. The @code{size} field gives the total
7443 size of the associated list of files. Each file name is preceded by
7444 either a @samp{Y} (the file should be in this archive) or an @samp{N}.
7445 (The file is a directory, or is not stored in the archive.) Each file
7446 name is terminated by a null. There is an additional null after the
7447 last file name.
7448
7449 @item GNUTYPE_MULTIVOL
7450 @itemx 'M'
7451 This represents a file continued from another volume of a multi-volume
7452 archive created with the @value{op-multi-volume} option. The original
7453 type of the file is not given here. The @code{size} field gives the
7454 maximum size of this piece of the file (assuming the volume does
7455 not end before the file is written out). The @code{offset} field
7456 gives the offset from the beginning of the file where this part of
7457 the file begins. Thus @code{size} plus @code{offset} should equal
7458 the original size of the file.
7459
7460 @item GNUTYPE_SPARSE
7461 @itemx 'S'
7462 This flag indicates that we are dealing with a sparse file. Note
7463 that archiving a sparse file requires special operations to find
7464 holes in the file, which mark the positions of these holes, along
7465 with the number of bytes of data to be found after the hole.
7466
7467 @item GNUTYPE_VOLHDR
7468 @itemx 'V'
7469 This file type is used to mark the volume header that was given with
7470 the @value{op-label} option when the archive was created. The @code{name}
7471 field contains the @code{name} given after the @value{op-label} option.
7472 The @code{size} field is zero. Only the first file in each volume
7473 of an archive should have this type.
7474
7475 @end table
7476
7477 You may have trouble reading a @acronym{GNU} format archive on a
7478 non-@acronym{GNU} system if the options @value{op-incremental},
7479 @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-sparse}, or @value{op-label} were
7480 used when writing the archive. In general, if @command{tar} does not
7481 use the @acronym{GNU}-added fields of the header, other versions of
7482 @command{tar} should be able to read the archive. Otherwise, the
7483 @command{tar} program will give an error, the most likely one being a
7484 checksum error.
7485
7486 @node cpio
7487 @section Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
7488 @UNREVISED
7489
7490 @FIXME{Reorganize the following material}
7491
7492 The @command{cpio} archive formats, like @command{tar}, do have maximum
7493 pathname lengths. The binary and old ASCII formats have a max path
7494 length of 256, and the new ASCII and CRC ASCII formats have a max
7495 path length of 1024. @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can read and write archives
7496 with arbitrary pathname lengths, but other @command{cpio} implementations
7497 may crash unexplainedly trying to read them.
7498
7499 @command{tar} handles symbolic links in the form in which it comes in BSD;
7500 @command{cpio} doesn't handle symbolic links in the form in which it comes
7501 in System V prior to SVR4, and some vendors may have added symlinks
7502 to their system without enhancing @command{cpio} to know about them.
7503 Others may have enhanced it in a way other than the way I did it
7504 at Sun, and which was adopted by AT&T (and which is, I think, also
7505 present in the @command{cpio} that Berkeley picked up from AT&T and put
7506 into a later BSD release---I think I gave them my changes).
7507
7508 (SVR4 does some funny stuff with @command{tar}; basically, its @command{cpio}
7509 can handle @command{tar} format input, and write it on output, and it
7510 probably handles symbolic links. They may not have bothered doing
7511 anything to enhance @command{tar} as a result.)
7512
7513 @command{cpio} handles special files; traditional @command{tar} doesn't.
7514
7515 @command{tar} comes with V7, System III, System V, and BSD source;
7516 @command{cpio} comes only with System III, System V, and later BSD
7517 (4.3-tahoe and later).
7518
7519 @command{tar}'s way of handling multiple hard links to a file can handle
7520 file systems that support 32-bit inumbers (e.g., the BSD file system);
7521 @command{cpio}s way requires you to play some games (in its "binary"
7522 format, i-numbers are only 16 bits, and in its "portable ASCII" format,
7523 they're 18 bits---it would have to play games with the "file system ID"
7524 field of the header to make sure that the file system ID/i-number pairs
7525 of different files were always different), and I don't know which
7526 @command{cpio}s, if any, play those games. Those that don't might get
7527 confused and think two files are the same file when they're not, and
7528 make hard links between them.
7529
7530 @command{tar}s way of handling multiple hard links to a file places only
7531 one copy of the link on the tape, but the name attached to that copy
7532 is the @emph{only} one you can use to retrieve the file; @command{cpio}s
7533 way puts one copy for every link, but you can retrieve it using any
7534 of the names.
7535
7536 @quotation
7537 What type of check sum (if any) is used, and how is this calculated.
7538 @end quotation
7539
7540 See the attached manual pages for @command{tar} and @command{cpio} format.
7541 @command{tar} uses a checksum which is the sum of all the bytes in the
7542 @command{tar} header for a file; @command{cpio} uses no checksum.
7543
7544 @quotation
7545 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7546 at the unix scene,
7547 @end quotation
7548
7549 It wasn't. @command{cpio} first showed up in PWB/UNIX 1.0; no
7550 generally-available version of UNIX had @command{tar} at the time. I don't
7551 know whether any version that was generally available @emph{within AT&T}
7552 had @command{tar}, or, if so, whether the people within AT&T who did
7553 @command{cpio} knew about it.
7554
7555 On restore, if there is a corruption on a tape @command{tar} will stop at
7556 that point, while @command{cpio} will skip over it and try to restore the
7557 rest of the files.
7558
7559 The main difference is just in the command syntax and header format.
7560
7561 @command{tar} is a little more tape-oriented in that everything is blocked
7562 to start on a record boundary.
7563
7564 @quotation
7565 Is there any differences between the ability to recover crashed
7566 archives between the two of them. (Is there any chance of recovering
7567 crashed archives at all.)
7568 @end quotation
7569
7570 Theoretically it should be easier under @command{tar} since the blocking
7571 lets you find a header with some variation of @samp{dd skip=@var{nn}}.
7572 However, modern @command{cpio}'s and variations have an option to just
7573 search for the next file header after an error with a reasonable chance
7574 of resyncing. However, lots of tape driver software won't allow you to
7575 continue past a media error which should be the only reason for getting
7576 out of sync unless a file changed sizes while you were writing the
7577 archive.
7578
7579 @quotation
7580 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7581 at the unix scene, please tell me about this too.
7582 @end quotation
7583
7584 Probably because it is more media efficient (by not blocking everything
7585 and using only the space needed for the headers where @command{tar}
7586 always uses 512 bytes per file header) and it knows how to archive
7587 special files.
7588
7589 You might want to look at the freely available alternatives. The
7590 major ones are @command{afio}, @GNUTAR{}, and
7591 @command{pax}, each of which have their own extensions with some
7592 backwards compatibility.
7593
7594 Sparse files were @command{tar}red as sparse files (which you can
7595 easily test, because the resulting archive gets smaller, and
7596 @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can no longer read it).
7597
7598 @node Media
7599 @chapter Tapes and Other Archive Media
7600 @UNREVISED
7601
7602 A few special cases about tape handling warrant more detailed
7603 description. These special cases are discussed below.
7604
7605 Many complexities surround the use of @command{tar} on tape drives. Since
7606 the creation and manipulation of archives located on magnetic tape was
7607 the original purpose of @command{tar}, it contains many features making
7608 such manipulation easier.
7609
7610 Archives are usually written on dismountable media---tape cartridges,
7611 mag tapes, or floppy disks.
7612
7613 The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
7614 but also on how it is formatted. A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
7615 holds 40 megabytes of data when formatted at 1600 bits per inch. The
7616 physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
7617
7618 Magnetic media are re-usable---once the archive on a tape is no longer
7619 needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over.
7620 Media quality does deteriorate with use, however. Most tapes or disks
7621 should be discarded when they begin to produce data errors. EXABYTE
7622 tape cartridges should be discarded when they generate an @dfn{error
7623 count} (number of non-usable bits) of more than 10k.
7624
7625 Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and
7626 should be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data.
7627 Sticking a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably
7628 not a good idea.
7629
7630 @menu
7631 * Device:: Device selection and switching
7632 * Remote Tape Server::
7633 * Common Problems and Solutions::
7634 * Blocking:: Blocking
7635 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
7636 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
7637 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
7638 * verify::
7639 * Write Protection::
7640 @end menu
7641
7642 @node Device
7643 @section Device Selection and Switching
7644 @UNREVISED
7645
7646 @table @option
7647 @item -f [@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7648 @itemx --file=[@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7649 Use archive file or device @var{file} on @var{hostname}.
7650 @end table
7651
7652 This option is used to specify the file name of the archive @command{tar}
7653 works on.
7654
7655 If the file name is @samp{-}, @command{tar} reads the archive from standard
7656 input (when listing or extracting), or writes it to standard output
7657 (when creating). If the @samp{-} file name is given when updating an
7658 archive, @command{tar} will read the original archive from its standard
7659 input, and will write the entire new archive to its standard output.
7660
7661 If the file name contains a @samp{:}, it is interpreted as
7662 @samp{hostname:file name}. If the @var{hostname} contains an @dfn{at}
7663 sign (@samp{@@}), it is treated as @samp{user@@hostname:file name}. In
7664 either case, @command{tar} will invoke the command @command{rsh} (or
7665 @command{remsh}) to start up an @command{/usr/libexec/rmt} on the remote
7666 machine. If you give an alternate login name, it will be given to the
7667 @command{rsh}.
7668 Naturally, the remote machine must have an executable
7669 @command{/usr/libexec/rmt}. This program is free software from the
7670 University of California, and a copy of the source code can be found
7671 with the sources for @command{tar}; it's compiled and installed by default.
7672 The exact path to this utility is determined when configuring the package.
7673 It is @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, where @var{prefix} stands for
7674 your installation prefix. This location may also be overridden at
7675 runtime by using @value{op-rmt-command} option (@xref{Option Summary,
7676 ---rmt-command}, for detailed description of this option. @xref{Remote
7677 Tape Server}, for the description of @command{rmt} command).
7678
7679 If this option is not given, but the environment variable @env{TAPE}
7680 is set, its value is used; otherwise, old versions of @command{tar}
7681 used a default archive name (which was picked when @command{tar} was
7682 compiled). The default is normally set up to be the @dfn{first} tape
7683 drive or other transportable I/O medium on the system.
7684
7685 Starting with version 1.11.5, @GNUTAR{} uses
7686 standard input and standard output as the default device, and I will
7687 not try anymore supporting automatic device detection at installation
7688 time. This was failing really in too many cases, it was hopeless.
7689 This is now completely left to the installer to override standard
7690 input and standard output for default device, if this seems
7691 preferable. Further, I think @emph{most} actual usages of
7692 @command{tar} are done with pipes or disks, not really tapes,
7693 cartridges or diskettes.
7694
7695 Some users think that using standard input and output is running
7696 after trouble. This could lead to a nasty surprise on your screen if
7697 you forget to specify an output file name---especially if you are going
7698 through a network or terminal server capable of buffering large amounts
7699 of output. We had so many bug reports in that area of configuring
7700 default tapes automatically, and so many contradicting requests, that
7701 we finally consider the problem to be portably intractable. We could
7702 of course use something like @samp{/dev/tape} as a default, but this
7703 is @emph{also} running after various kind of trouble, going from hung
7704 processes to accidental destruction of real tapes. After having seen
7705 all this mess, using standard input and output as a default really
7706 sounds like the only clean choice left, and a very useful one too.
7707
7708 @GNUTAR{} reads and writes archive in records, I
7709 suspect this is the main reason why block devices are preferred over
7710 character devices. Most probably, block devices are more efficient
7711 too. The installer could also check for @samp{DEFTAPE} in
7712 @file{<sys/mtio.h>}.
7713
7714 @table @option
7715 @item --force-local
7716 Archive file is local even if it contains a colon.
7717
7718 @item --rsh-command=@var{command}
7719 Use remote @var{command} instead of @command{rsh}. This option exists
7720 so that people who use something other than the standard @command{rsh}
7721 (e.g., a Kerberized @command{rsh}) can access a remote device.
7722
7723 When this command is not used, the shell command found when
7724 the @command{tar} program was installed is used instead. This is
7725 the first found of @file{/usr/ucb/rsh}, @file{/usr/bin/remsh},
7726 @file{/usr/bin/rsh}, @file{/usr/bsd/rsh} or @file{/usr/bin/nsh}.
7727 The installer may have overridden this by defining the environment
7728 variable @env{RSH} @emph{at installation time}.
7729
7730 @item -[0-7][lmh]
7731 Specify drive and density.
7732
7733 @item -M
7734 @itemx --multi-volume
7735 Create/list/extract multi-volume archive.
7736
7737 This option causes @command{tar} to write a @dfn{multi-volume} archive---one
7738 that may be larger than will fit on the medium used to hold it.
7739 @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}.
7740
7741 @item -L @var{num}
7742 @itemx --tape-length=@var{num}
7743 Change tape after writing @var{num} x 1024 bytes.
7744
7745 This option might be useful when your tape drivers do not properly
7746 detect end of physical tapes. By being slightly conservative on the
7747 maximum tape length, you might avoid the problem entirely.
7748
7749 @item -F @var{file}
7750 @itemx --info-script=@var{file}
7751 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{file}
7752 Execute @file{file} at end of each tape. If @file{file} exits with
7753 nonzero status, exit. This implies @value{op-multi-volume}.
7754 @end table
7755
7756 @node Remote Tape Server
7757 @section The Remote Tape Server
7758
7759 @cindex remote tape drive
7760 @pindex rmt
7761 In order to access the tape drive on a remote machine, @command{tar}
7762 uses the remote tape server written at the University of California at
7763 Berkeley. The remote tape server must be installed as
7764 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt} on any machine whose tape drive you
7765 want to use. @command{tar} calls @command{rmt} by running an
7766 @command{rsh} or @command{remsh} to the remote machine, optionally
7767 using a different login name if one is supplied.
7768
7769 A copy of the source for the remote tape server is provided. It is
7770 Copyright @copyright{} 1983 by the Regents of the University of
7771 California, but can be freely distributed. It is compiled and
7772 installed by default.
7773
7774 @cindex absolute file names
7775 Unless you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, @GNUTAR{}
7776 will not allow you to create an archive that contains
7777 absolute file names (a file name beginning with @samp{/}.) If you try,
7778 @command{tar} will automatically remove the leading @samp{/} from the
7779 file names it stores in the archive. It will also type a warning
7780 message telling you what it is doing.
7781
7782 When reading an archive that was created with a different
7783 @command{tar} program, @GNUTAR{} automatically
7784 extracts entries in the archive which have absolute file names as if
7785 the file names were not absolute. This is an important feature. A
7786 visitor here once gave a @command{tar} tape to an operator to restore;
7787 the operator used Sun @command{tar} instead of @GNUTAR{},
7788 and the result was that it replaced large portions of
7789 our @file{/bin} and friends with versions from the tape; needless to
7790 say, we were unhappy about having to recover the file system from
7791 backup tapes.
7792
7793 For example, if the archive contained a file @file{/usr/bin/computoy},
7794 @GNUTAR{} would extract the file to @file{usr/bin/computoy},
7795 relative to the current directory. If you want to extract the files in
7796 an archive to the same absolute names that they had when the archive
7797 was created, you should do a @samp{cd /} before extracting the files
7798 from the archive, or you should either use the @value{op-absolute-names}
7799 option, or use the command @samp{tar -C / @dots{}}.
7800
7801 @cindex Ultrix 3.1 and write failure
7802 Some versions of Unix (Ultrix 3.1 is known to have this problem),
7803 can claim that a short write near the end of a tape succeeded,
7804 when it actually failed. This will result in the -M option not
7805 working correctly. The best workaround at the moment is to use a
7806 significantly larger blocking factor than the default 20.
7807
7808 In order to update an archive, @command{tar} must be able to backspace the
7809 archive in order to reread or rewrite a record that was just read (or
7810 written). This is currently possible only on two kinds of files: normal
7811 disk files (or any other file that can be backspaced with @samp{lseek}),
7812 and industry-standard 9-track magnetic tape (or any other kind of tape
7813 that can be backspaced with the @code{MTIOCTOP} @code{ioctl}.
7814
7815 This means that the @value{op-append}, @value{op-update},
7816 @value{op-concatenate}, and @value{op-delete} commands will not work on any
7817 other kind of file. Some media simply cannot be backspaced, which
7818 means these commands and options will never be able to work on them.
7819 These non-backspacing media include pipes and cartridge tape drives.
7820
7821 Some other media can be backspaced, and @command{tar} will work on them
7822 once @command{tar} is modified to do so.
7823
7824 Archives created with the @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-label}, and
7825 @value{op-incremental} options may not be readable by other version
7826 of @command{tar}. In particular, restoring a file that was split over
7827 a volume boundary will require some careful work with @command{dd}, if
7828 it can be done at all. Other versions of @command{tar} may also create
7829 an empty file whose name is that of the volume header. Some versions
7830 of @command{tar} may create normal files instead of directories archived
7831 with the @value{op-incremental} option.
7832
7833 @node Common Problems and Solutions
7834 @section Some Common Problems and their Solutions
7835
7836 @ifclear PUBLISH
7837
7838 @format
7839 errors from system:
7840 permission denied
7841 no such file or directory
7842 not owner
7843
7844 errors from @command{tar}:
7845 directory checksum error
7846 header format error
7847
7848 errors from media/system:
7849 i/o error
7850 device busy
7851 @end format
7852
7853 @end ifclear
7854
7855 @node Blocking
7856 @section Blocking
7857 @UNREVISED
7858
7859 @dfn{Block} and @dfn{record} terminology is rather confused, and it
7860 is also confusing to the expert reader. On the other hand, readers
7861 who are new to the field have a fresh mind, and they may safely skip
7862 the next two paragraphs, as the remainder of this manual uses those
7863 two terms in a quite consistent way.
7864
7865 John Gilmore, the writer of the public domain @command{tar} from which
7866 @GNUTAR{} was originally derived, wrote (June 1995):
7867
7868 @quotation
7869 The nomenclature of tape drives comes from IBM, where I believe
7870 they were invented for the IBM 650 or so. On IBM mainframes, what
7871 is recorded on tape are tape blocks. The logical organization of
7872 data is into records. There are various ways of putting records into
7873 blocks, including @code{F} (fixed sized records), @code{V} (variable
7874 sized records), @code{FB} (fixed blocked: fixed size records, @var{n}
7875 to a block), @code{VB} (variable size records, @var{n} to a block),
7876 @code{VSB} (variable spanned blocked: variable sized records that can
7877 occupy more than one block), etc. The @code{JCL} @samp{DD RECFORM=}
7878 parameter specified this to the operating system.
7879
7880 The Unix man page on @command{tar} was totally confused about this.
7881 When I wrote @code{PD TAR}, I used the historically correct terminology
7882 (@command{tar} writes data records, which are grouped into blocks).
7883 It appears that the bogus terminology made it into @acronym{POSIX} (no surprise
7884 here), and now Fran@,{c}ois has migrated that terminology back
7885 into the source code too.
7886 @end quotation
7887
7888 The term @dfn{physical block} means the basic transfer chunk from or
7889 to a device, after which reading or writing may stop without anything
7890 being lost. In this manual, the term @dfn{block} usually refers to
7891 a disk physical block, @emph{assuming} that each disk block is 512
7892 bytes in length. It is true that some disk devices have different
7893 physical blocks, but @command{tar} ignore these differences in its own
7894 format, which is meant to be portable, so a @command{tar} block is always
7895 512 bytes in length, and @dfn{block} always mean a @command{tar} block.
7896 The term @dfn{logical block} often represents the basic chunk of
7897 allocation of many disk blocks as a single entity, which the operating
7898 system treats somewhat atomically; this concept is only barely used
7899 in @GNUTAR{}.
7900
7901 The term @dfn{physical record} is another way to speak of a physical
7902 block, those two terms are somewhat interchangeable. In this manual,
7903 the term @dfn{record} usually refers to a tape physical block,
7904 @emph{assuming} that the @command{tar} archive is kept on magnetic tape.
7905 It is true that archives may be put on disk or used with pipes,
7906 but nevertheless, @command{tar} tries to read and write the archive one
7907 @dfn{record} at a time, whatever the medium in use. One record is made
7908 up of an integral number of blocks, and this operation of putting many
7909 disk blocks into a single tape block is called @dfn{reblocking}, or
7910 more simply, @dfn{blocking}. The term @dfn{logical record} refers to
7911 the logical organization of many characters into something meaningful
7912 to the application. The term @dfn{unit record} describes a small set
7913 of characters which are transmitted whole to or by the application,
7914 and often refers to a line of text. Those two last terms are unrelated
7915 to what we call a @dfn{record} in @GNUTAR{}.
7916
7917 When writing to tapes, @command{tar} writes the contents of the archive
7918 in chunks known as @dfn{records}. To change the default blocking
7919 factor, use the @value{op-blocking-factor} option. Each record will
7920 then be composed of @var{512-size} blocks. (Each @command{tar} block is
7921 512 bytes. @xref{Standard}.) Each file written to the archive uses
7922 at least one full record. As a result, using a larger record size
7923 can result in more wasted space for small files. On the other hand, a
7924 larger record size can often be read and written much more efficiently.
7925
7926 Further complicating the problem is that some tape drives ignore the
7927 blocking entirely. For these, a larger record size can still improve
7928 performance (because the software layers above the tape drive still
7929 honor the blocking), but not as dramatically as on tape drives that
7930 honor blocking.
7931
7932 When reading an archive, @command{tar} can usually figure out the
7933 record size on itself. When this is the case, and a non-standard
7934 record size was used when the archive was created, @command{tar} will
7935 print a message about a non-standard blocking factor, and then operate
7936 normally. On some tape devices, however, @command{tar} cannot figure
7937 out the record size itself. On most of those, you can specify a
7938 blocking factor (with @value{op-blocking-factor}) larger than the
7939 actual blocking factor, and then use the @value{op-read-full-records}
7940 option. (If you specify a blocking factor with
7941 @value{op-blocking-factor} and don't use the
7942 @value{op-read-full-records} option, then @command{tar} will not
7943 attempt to figure out the recording size itself.) On some devices,
7944 you must always specify the record size exactly with
7945 @value{op-blocking-factor} when reading, because @command{tar} cannot
7946 figure it out. In any case, use @value{op-list} before doing any
7947 extractions to see whether @command{tar} is reading the archive
7948 correctly.
7949
7950 @command{tar} blocks are all fixed size (512 bytes), and its scheme for
7951 putting them into records is to put a whole number of them (one or
7952 more) into each record. @command{tar} records are all the same size;
7953 at the end of the file there's a block containing all zeros, which
7954 is how you tell that the remainder of the last record(s) are garbage.
7955
7956 In a standard @command{tar} file (no options), the block size is 512
7957 and the record size is 10240, for a blocking factor of 20. What the
7958 @value{op-blocking-factor} option does is sets the blocking factor,
7959 changing the record size while leaving the block size at 512 bytes.
7960 20 was fine for ancient 800 or 1600 bpi reel-to-reel tape drives;
7961 most tape drives these days prefer much bigger records in order to
7962 stream and not waste tape. When writing tapes for myself, some tend
7963 to use a factor of the order of 2048, say, giving a record size of
7964 around one megabyte.
7965
7966 If you use a blocking factor larger than 20, older @command{tar}
7967 programs might not be able to read the archive, so we recommend this
7968 as a limit to use in practice. @GNUTAR{}, however,
7969 will support arbitrarily large record sizes, limited only by the
7970 amount of virtual memory or the physical characteristics of the tape
7971 device.
7972
7973 @menu
7974 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
7975 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
7976 @end menu
7977
7978 @node Format Variations
7979 @subsection Format Variations
7980 @cindex Format Parameters
7981 @cindex Format Options
7982 @cindex Options, archive format specifying
7983 @cindex Options, format specifying
7984 @UNREVISED
7985
7986 Format parameters specify how an archive is written on the archive
7987 media. The best choice of format parameters will vary depending on
7988 the type and number of files being archived, and on the media used to
7989 store the archive.
7990
7991 To specify format parameters when accessing or creating an archive,
7992 you can use the options described in the following sections.
7993 If you do not specify any format parameters, @command{tar} uses
7994 default parameters. You cannot modify a compressed archive.
7995 If you create an archive with the @value{op-blocking-factor} option
7996 specified (@value{pxref-blocking-factor}), you must specify that
7997 blocking-factor when operating on the archive. @xref{Formats}, for other
7998 examples of format parameter considerations.
7999
8000 @node Blocking Factor
8001 @subsection The Blocking Factor of an Archive
8002 @cindex Blocking Factor
8003 @cindex Record Size
8004 @cindex Number of blocks per record
8005 @cindex Number of bytes per record
8006 @cindex Bytes per record
8007 @cindex Blocks per record
8008 @UNREVISED
8009
8010 The data in an archive is grouped into blocks, which are 512 bytes.
8011 Blocks are read and written in whole number multiples called
8012 @dfn{records}. The number of blocks in a record (ie. the size of a
8013 record in units of 512 bytes) is called the @dfn{blocking factor}.
8014 The @value{op-blocking-factor} option specifies the blocking factor of
8015 an archive. The default blocking factor is typically 20 (i.e.,
8016 10240 bytes), but can be specified at installation. To find out
8017 the blocking factor of an existing archive, use @samp{tar --list
8018 --file=@var{archive-name}}. This may not work on some devices.
8019
8020 Records are separated by gaps, which waste space on the archive media.
8021 If you are archiving on magnetic tape, using a larger blocking factor
8022 (and therefore larger records) provides faster throughput and allows you
8023 to fit more data on a tape (because there are fewer gaps). If you are
8024 archiving on cartridge, a very large blocking factor (say 126 or more)
8025 greatly increases performance. A smaller blocking factor, on the other
8026 hand, may be useful when archiving small files, to avoid archiving lots
8027 of nulls as @command{tar} fills out the archive to the end of the record.
8028 In general, the ideal record size depends on the size of the
8029 inter-record gaps on the tape you are using, and the average size of the
8030 files you are archiving. @xref{create}, for information on
8031 writing archives.
8032
8033 @FIXME{Need example of using a cartridge with blocking factor=126 or more.}
8034
8035 Archives with blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read
8036 by very old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions
8037 of @command{tar} running on old machines with small address spaces.
8038 With @GNUTAR{}, the blocking factor of an archive is limited
8039 only by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive,
8040 or by the amount of available virtual memory.
8041
8042 Also, on some systems, not using adequate blocking factors, as sometimes
8043 imposed by the device drivers, may yield unexpected diagnostics. For
8044 example, this has been reported:
8045
8046 @smallexample
8047 Cannot write to /dev/dlt: Invalid argument
8048 @end smallexample
8049
8050 @noindent
8051 In such cases, it sometimes happen that the @command{tar} bundled by
8052 the system is aware of block size idiosyncrasies, while @GNUTAR{}
8053 requires an explicit specification for the block size,
8054 which it cannot guess. This yields some people to consider
8055 @GNUTAR{} is misbehaving, because by comparison,
8056 @cite{the bundle @command{tar} works OK}. Adding @w{@kbd{-b 256}},
8057 for example, might resolve the problem.
8058
8059 If you use a non-default blocking factor when you create an archive, you
8060 must specify the same blocking factor when you modify that archive. Some
8061 archive devices will also require you to specify the blocking factor when
8062 reading that archive, however this is not typically the case. Usually, you
8063 can use @value{op-list} without specifying a blocking factor---@command{tar}
8064 reports a non-default record size and then lists the archive members as
8065 it would normally. To extract files from an archive with a non-standard
8066 blocking factor (particularly if you're not sure what the blocking factor
8067 is), you can usually use the @value{op-read-full-records} option while
8068 specifying a blocking factor larger then the blocking factor of the archive
8069 (ie. @samp{tar --extract --read-full-records --blocking-factor=300}.
8070 @xref{list}, for more information on the @value{op-list}
8071 operation. @xref{Reading}, for a more detailed explanation of that option.
8072
8073 @table @option
8074 @item --blocking-factor=@var{number}
8075 @itemx -b @var{number}
8076 Specifies the blocking factor of an archive. Can be used with any
8077 operation, but is usually not necessary with @value{op-list}.
8078 @end table
8079
8080 Device blocking
8081
8082 @table @option
8083 @item -b @var{blocks}
8084 @itemx --blocking-factor=@var{blocks}
8085 Set record size to @math{@var{blocks} * 512} bytes.
8086
8087 This option is used to specify a @dfn{blocking factor} for the archive.
8088 When reading or writing the archive, @command{tar}, will do reads and writes
8089 of the archive in records of @math{@var{block}*512} bytes. This is true
8090 even when the archive is compressed. Some devices requires that all
8091 write operations be a multiple of a certain size, and so, @command{tar}
8092 pads the archive out to the next record boundary.
8093
8094 The default blocking factor is set when @command{tar} is compiled, and is
8095 typically 20. Blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read by very
8096 old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions of @command{tar}
8097 running on old machines with small address spaces.
8098
8099 With a magnetic tape, larger records give faster throughput and fit
8100 more data on a tape (because there are fewer inter-record gaps).
8101 If the archive is in a disk file or a pipe, you may want to specify
8102 a smaller blocking factor, since a large one will result in a large
8103 number of null bytes at the end of the archive.
8104
8105 When writing cartridge or other streaming tapes, a much larger
8106 blocking factor (say 126 or more) will greatly increase performance.
8107 However, you must specify the same blocking factor when reading or
8108 updating the archive.
8109
8110 Apparently, Exabyte drives have a physical block size of 8K bytes.
8111 If we choose our blocksize as a multiple of 8k bytes, then the problem
8112 seems to disappear. Id est, we are using block size of 112 right
8113 now, and we haven't had the problem since we switched@dots{}
8114
8115 With @GNUTAR{} the blocking factor is limited only
8116 by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive, or by
8117 the amount of available virtual memory.
8118
8119 However, deblocking or reblocking is virtually avoided in a special
8120 case which often occurs in practice, but which requires all the
8121 following conditions to be simultaneously true:
8122 @itemize @bullet
8123 @item
8124 the archive is subject to a compression option,
8125 @item
8126 the archive is not handled through standard input or output, nor
8127 redirected nor piped,
8128 @item
8129 the archive is directly handled to a local disk, instead of any special
8130 device,
8131 @item
8132 @value{op-blocking-factor} is not explicitly specified on the @command{tar}
8133 invocation.
8134 @end itemize
8135
8136 If the output goes directly to a local disk, and not through
8137 stdout, then the last write is not extended to a full record size.
8138 Otherwise, reblocking occurs. Here are a few other remarks on this
8139 topic:
8140
8141 @itemize @bullet
8142
8143 @item
8144 @command{gzip} will complain about trailing garbage if asked to
8145 uncompress a compressed archive on tape, there is an option to turn
8146 the message off, but it breaks the regularity of simply having to use
8147 @samp{@var{prog} -d} for decompression. It would be nice if gzip was
8148 silently ignoring any number of trailing zeros. I'll ask Jean-loup
8149 Gailly, by sending a copy of this message to him.
8150
8151 @item
8152 @command{compress} does not show this problem, but as Jean-loup pointed
8153 out to Michael, @samp{compress -d} silently adds garbage after
8154 the result of decompression, which tar ignores because it already
8155 recognized its end-of-file indicator. So this bug may be safely
8156 ignored.
8157
8158 @item
8159 @samp{gzip -d -q} will be silent about the trailing zeros indeed,
8160 but will still return an exit status of 2 which tar reports in turn.
8161 @command{tar} might ignore the exit status returned, but I hate doing
8162 that, as it weakens the protection @command{tar} offers users against
8163 other possible problems at decompression time. If @command{gzip} was
8164 silently skipping trailing zeros @emph{and} also avoiding setting the
8165 exit status in this innocuous case, that would solve this situation.
8166
8167 @item
8168 @command{tar} should become more solid at not stopping to read a pipe at
8169 the first null block encountered. This inelegantly breaks the pipe.
8170 @command{tar} should rather drain the pipe out before exiting itself.
8171 @end itemize
8172
8173 @item -i
8174 @itemx --ignore-zeros
8175 Ignore blocks of zeros in archive (means EOF).
8176
8177 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option causes @command{tar} to ignore blocks
8178 of zeros in the archive. Normally a block of zeros indicates the
8179 end of the archive, but when reading a damaged archive, or one which
8180 was created by concatenating several archives together, this option
8181 allows @command{tar} to read the entire archive. This option is not on
8182 by default because many versions of @command{tar} write garbage after
8183 the zeroed blocks.
8184
8185 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to read to the end of the
8186 archive file, which may sometimes avoid problems when multiple files
8187 are stored on a single physical tape.
8188
8189 @item -B
8190 @itemx --read-full-records
8191 Reblock as we read (for reading 4.2BSD pipes).
8192
8193 If @value{op-read-full-records} is used, @command{tar} will not panic if an
8194 attempt to read a record from the archive does not return a full record.
8195 Instead, @command{tar} will keep reading until it has obtained a full
8196 record.
8197
8198 This option is turned on by default when @command{tar} is reading
8199 an archive from standard input, or from a remote machine. This is
8200 because on BSD Unix systems, a read of a pipe will return however
8201 much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is less than @command{tar}
8202 requested. If this option was not used, @command{tar} would fail as
8203 soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
8204
8205 This option is also useful with the commands for updating an archive.
8206
8207 @end table
8208
8209 Tape blocking
8210
8211 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8212
8213 @cindex blocking factor
8214 @cindex tape blocking
8215
8216 When handling various tapes or cartridges, you have to take care of
8217 selecting a proper blocking, that is, the number of disk blocks you
8218 put together as a single tape block on the tape, without intervening
8219 tape gaps. A @dfn{tape gap} is a small landing area on the tape
8220 with no information on it, used for decelerating the tape to a
8221 full stop, and for later regaining the reading or writing speed.
8222 When the tape driver starts reading a record, the record has to
8223 be read whole without stopping, as a tape gap is needed to stop the
8224 tape motion without loosing information.
8225
8226 @cindex Exabyte blocking
8227 @cindex DAT blocking
8228 Using higher blocking (putting more disk blocks per tape block) will use
8229 the tape more efficiently as there will be less tape gaps. But reading
8230 such tapes may be more difficult for the system, as more memory will be
8231 required to receive at once the whole record. Further, if there is a
8232 reading error on a huge record, this is less likely that the system will
8233 succeed in recovering the information. So, blocking should not be too
8234 low, nor it should be too high. @command{tar} uses by default a blocking of
8235 20 for historical reasons, and it does not really matter when reading or
8236 writing to disk. Current tape technology would easily accommodate higher
8237 blockings. Sun recommends a blocking of 126 for Exabytes and 96 for DATs.
8238 We were told that for some DLT drives, the blocking should be a multiple
8239 of 4Kb, preferably 64Kb (@w{@kbd{-b 128}}) or 256 for decent performance.
8240 Other manufacturers may use different recommendations for the same tapes.
8241 This might also depends of the buffering techniques used inside modern
8242 tape controllers. Some imposes a minimum blocking, or a maximum blocking.
8243 Others request blocking to be some exponent of two.
8244
8245 So, there is no fixed rule for blocking. But blocking at read time
8246 should ideally be the same as blocking used at write time. At one place
8247 I know, with a wide variety of equipment, they found it best to use a
8248 blocking of 32 to guarantee that their tapes are fully interchangeable.
8249
8250 I was also told that, for recycled tapes, prior erasure (by the same
8251 drive unit that will be used to create the archives) sometimes lowers
8252 the error rates observed at rewriting time.
8253
8254 I might also use @option{--number-blocks} instead of
8255 @option{--block-number}, so @option{--block} will then expand to
8256 @option{--blocking-factor} unambiguously.
8257
8258 @node Many
8259 @section Many Archives on One Tape
8260
8261 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8262
8263 @findex ntape @r{device}
8264 Most tape devices have two entries in the @file{/dev} directory, or
8265 entries that come in pairs, which differ only in the minor number for
8266 this device. Let's take for example @file{/dev/tape}, which often
8267 points to the only or usual tape device of a given system. There might
8268 be a corresponding @file{/dev/nrtape} or @file{/dev/ntape}. The simpler
8269 name is the @emph{rewinding} version of the device, while the name
8270 having @samp{nr} in it is the @emph{no rewinding} version of the same
8271 device.
8272
8273 A rewinding tape device will bring back the tape to its beginning point
8274 automatically when this device is opened or closed. Since @command{tar}
8275 opens the archive file before using it and closes it afterwards, this
8276 means that a simple:
8277
8278 @smallexample
8279 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/tape @var{directory}}
8280 @end smallexample
8281
8282 @noindent
8283 will reposition the tape to its beginning both prior and after saving
8284 @var{directory} contents to it, thus erasing prior tape contents and
8285 making it so that any subsequent write operation will destroy what has
8286 just been saved.
8287
8288 @cindex tape positioning
8289 So, a rewinding device is normally meant to hold one and only one file.
8290 If you want to put more than one @command{tar} archive on a given tape, you
8291 will need to avoid using the rewinding version of the tape device. You
8292 will also have to pay special attention to tape positioning. Errors in
8293 positioning may overwrite the valuable data already on your tape. Many
8294 people, burnt by past experiences, will only use rewinding devices and
8295 limit themselves to one file per tape, precisely to avoid the risk of
8296 such errors. Be fully aware that writing at the wrong position on a
8297 tape loses all information past this point and most probably until the
8298 end of the tape, and this destroyed information @emph{cannot} be
8299 recovered.
8300
8301 To save @var{directory-1} as a first archive at the beginning of a
8302 tape, and leave that tape ready for a second archive, you should use:
8303
8304 @smallexample
8305 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8306 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-1}}
8307 @end smallexample
8308
8309 @cindex tape marks
8310 @dfn{Tape marks} are special magnetic patterns written on the tape
8311 media, which are later recognizable by the reading hardware. These
8312 marks are used after each file, when there are many on a single tape.
8313 An empty file (that is to say, two tape marks in a row) signal the
8314 logical end of the tape, after which no file exist. Usually,
8315 non-rewinding tape device drivers will react to the close request issued
8316 by @command{tar} by first writing two tape marks after your archive, and by
8317 backspacing over one of these. So, if you remove the tape at that time
8318 from the tape drive, it is properly terminated. But if you write
8319 another file at the current position, the second tape mark will be
8320 erased by the new information, leaving only one tape mark between files.
8321
8322 So, you may now save @var{directory-2} as a second archive after the
8323 first on the same tape by issuing the command:
8324
8325 @smallexample
8326 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-2}}
8327 @end smallexample
8328
8329 @noindent
8330 and so on for all the archives you want to put on the same tape.
8331
8332 Another usual case is that you do not write all the archives the same
8333 day, and you need to remove and store the tape between two archive
8334 sessions. In general, you must remember how many files are already
8335 saved on your tape. Suppose your tape already has 16 files on it, and
8336 that you are ready to write the 17th. You have to take care of skipping
8337 the first 16 tape marks before saving @var{directory-17}, say, by using
8338 these commands:
8339
8340 @smallexample
8341 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8342 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape fsf 16}
8343 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-17}}
8344 @end smallexample
8345
8346 In all the previous examples, we put aside blocking considerations, but
8347 you should do the proper things for that as well. @xref{Blocking}.
8348
8349 @menu
8350 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8351 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
8352 @end menu
8353
8354 @node Tape Positioning
8355 @subsection Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8356 @UNREVISED
8357
8358 Just as archives can store more than one file from the file system,
8359 tapes can store more than one archive file. To keep track of where
8360 archive files (or any other type of file stored on tape) begin and
8361 end, tape archive devices write magnetic @dfn{tape marks} on the
8362 archive media. Tape drives write one tape mark between files,
8363 two at the end of all the file entries.
8364
8365 If you think of data as a series of records "rrrr"'s, and tape marks as
8366 "*"'s, a tape might look like the following:
8367
8368 @smallexample
8369 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr**-------------------------
8370 @end smallexample
8371
8372 Tape devices read and write tapes using a read/write @dfn{tape
8373 head}---a physical part of the device which can only access one
8374 point on the tape at a time. When you use @command{tar} to read or
8375 write archive data from a tape device, the device will begin reading
8376 or writing from wherever on the tape the tape head happens to be,
8377 regardless of which archive or what part of the archive the tape
8378 head is on. Before writing an archive, you should make sure that no
8379 data on the tape will be overwritten (unless it is no longer needed).
8380 Before reading an archive, you should make sure the tape head is at
8381 the beginning of the archive you want to read. (The @code{restore}
8382 script will find the archive automatically. @FIXME-xref{Scripted Restoration}@xref{mt}, for
8383 an explanation of the tape moving utility.
8384
8385 If you want to add new archive file entries to a tape, you should
8386 advance the tape to the end of the existing file entries, backspace
8387 over the last tape mark, and write the new archive file. If you were
8388 to add two archives to the example above, the tape might look like the
8389 following:
8390
8391 @smallexample
8392 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr*rrr*rrrr**----------------
8393 @end smallexample
8394
8395 @node mt
8396 @subsection The @command{mt} Utility
8397 @UNREVISED
8398
8399 @FIXME{Is it true that this only works on non-block devices?
8400 should explain the difference, (fixed or variable).}
8401 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
8402
8403 You can use the @command{mt} utility to advance or rewind a tape past a
8404 specified number of archive files on the tape. This will allow you
8405 to move to the beginning of an archive before extracting or reading
8406 it, or to the end of all the archives before writing a new one.
8407 @FIXME{Why isn't there an "advance 'til you find two tape marks
8408 together"?}
8409
8410 The syntax of the @command{mt} command is:
8411
8412 @smallexample
8413 @kbd{mt [-f @var{tapename}] @var{operation} [@var{number}]}
8414 @end smallexample
8415
8416 where @var{tapename} is the name of the tape device, @var{number} is
8417 the number of times an operation is performed (with a default of one),
8418 and @var{operation} is one of the following:
8419
8420 @FIXME{is there any use for record operations?}
8421
8422 @table @option
8423 @item eof
8424 @itemx weof
8425 Writes @var{number} tape marks at the current position on the tape.
8426
8427 @item fsf
8428 Moves tape position forward @var{number} files.
8429
8430 @item bsf
8431 Moves tape position back @var{number} files.
8432
8433 @item rewind
8434 Rewinds the tape. (Ignores @var{number}).
8435
8436 @item offline
8437 @itemx rewoff1
8438 Rewinds the tape and takes the tape device off-line. (Ignores @var{number}).
8439
8440 @item status
8441 Prints status information about the tape unit.
8442
8443 @end table
8444
8445 @FIXME{Is there a better way to frob the spacing on the list?}
8446
8447 If you don't specify a @var{tapename}, @command{mt} uses the environment
8448 variable @env{TAPE}; if @env{TAPE} is not set, @command{mt} uses the device
8449 @file{/dev/rmt12}.
8450
8451 @command{mt} returns a 0 exit status when the operation(s) were
8452 successful, 1 if the command was unrecognized, and 2 if an operation
8453 failed.
8454
8455 @node Using Multiple Tapes
8456 @section Using Multiple Tapes
8457 @UNREVISED
8458
8459 Often you might want to write a large archive, one larger than will fit
8460 on the actual tape you are using. In such a case, you can run multiple
8461 @command{tar} commands, but this can be inconvenient, particularly if you
8462 are using options like @value{op-exclude} or dumping entire filesystems.
8463 Therefore, @command{tar} supports multiple tapes automatically.
8464
8465 Use @value{op-multi-volume} on the command line, and then @command{tar} will,
8466 when it reaches the end of the tape, prompt for another tape, and
8467 continue the archive. Each tape will have an independent archive, and
8468 can be read without needing the other. (As an exception to this, the
8469 file that @command{tar} was archiving when it ran out of tape will usually
8470 be split between the two archives; in this case you need to extract from
8471 the first archive, using @value{op-multi-volume}, and then put in the
8472 second tape when prompted, so @command{tar} can restore both halves of the
8473 file.)
8474
8475 @GNUTAR{} multi-volume archives do not use a truly
8476 portable format. You need @GNUTAR{} at both end to
8477 process them properly.
8478
8479 When prompting for a new tape, @command{tar} accepts any of the following
8480 responses:
8481
8482 @table @kbd
8483 @item ?
8484 Request @command{tar} to explain possible responses
8485 @item q
8486 Request @command{tar} to exit immediately.
8487 @item n @var{file name}
8488 Request @command{tar} to write the next volume on the file @var{file name}.
8489 @item !
8490 Request @command{tar} to run a subshell.
8491 @item y
8492 Request @command{tar} to begin writing the next volume.
8493 @end table
8494
8495 (You should only type @samp{y} after you have changed the tape;
8496 otherwise @command{tar} will write over the volume it just finished.)
8497
8498 If you want more elaborate behavior than this, give @command{tar} the
8499 @value{op-info-script} option. The file @var{script-name} is expected
8500 to be a program (or shell script) to be run instead of the normal
8501 prompting procedure. If the program fails, @command{tar} exits;
8502 otherwise, @command{tar} begins writing the next volume. The behavior
8503 of the
8504 @samp{n} response to the normal tape-change prompt is not available
8505 if you use @value{op-info-script}.
8506
8507 The method @command{tar} uses to detect end of tape is not perfect, and
8508 fails on some operating systems or on some devices. You can use the
8509 @value{op-tape-length} option if @command{tar} can't detect the end of the
8510 tape itself. This option selects @value{op-multi-volume} automatically.
8511 The @var{size} argument should then be the usable size of the tape.
8512 But for many devices, and floppy disks in particular, this option is
8513 never required for real, as far as we know.
8514
8515 The volume number used by @command{tar} in its tape-change prompt
8516 can be changed; if you give the @value{op-volno-file} option, then
8517 @var{file-of-number} should be an unexisting file to be created, or else,
8518 a file already containing a decimal number. That number will be used
8519 as the volume number of the first volume written. When @command{tar} is
8520 finished, it will rewrite the file with the now-current volume number.
8521 (This does not change the volume number written on a tape label, as
8522 per @value{ref-label}, it @emph{only} affects the number used in
8523 the prompt.)
8524
8525 If you want @command{tar} to cycle through a series of tape drives, then
8526 you can use the @samp{n} response to the tape-change prompt. This is
8527 error prone, however, and doesn't work at all with @value{op-info-script}.
8528 Therefore, if you give @command{tar} multiple @value{op-file} options, then
8529 the specified files will be used, in sequence, as the successive volumes
8530 of the archive. Only when the first one in the sequence needs to be
8531 used again will @command{tar} prompt for a tape change (or run the info
8532 script).
8533
8534 Multi-volume archives
8535
8536 With @value{op-multi-volume}, @command{tar} will not abort when it cannot
8537 read or write any more data. Instead, it will ask you to prepare a new
8538 volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you should change tapes
8539 now; if the archive is on a floppy disk, you should change disks, etc.
8540
8541 Each volume of a multi-volume archive is an independent @command{tar}
8542 archive, complete in itself. For example, you can list or extract any
8543 volume alone; just don't specify @value{op-multi-volume}. However, if one
8544 file in the archive is split across volumes, the only way to extract
8545 it successfully is with a multi-volume extract command @option{--extract
8546 --multi-volume} (@option{-xM}) starting on or before the volume where
8547 the file begins.
8548
8549 For example, let's presume someone has two tape drives on a system
8550 named @file{/dev/tape0} and @file{/dev/tape1}. For having @GNUTAR{}
8551 to switch to the second drive when it needs to write the
8552 second tape, and then back to the first tape, etc., just do either of:
8553
8554 @smallexample
8555 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape0 --file=/dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8556 $ @kbd{tar cMff /dev/tape0 /dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8557 @end smallexample
8558
8559 @menu
8560 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8561 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
8562 @end menu
8563
8564 @node Multi-Volume Archives
8565 @subsection Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8566 @cindex Multi-volume archives
8567 @UNREVISED
8568
8569 To create an archive that is larger than will fit on a single unit of
8570 the media, use the @value{op-multi-volume} option in conjunction with
8571 the @value{op-create} option (@pxref{create}). A
8572 @dfn{multi-volume} archive can be manipulated like any other archive
8573 (provided the @value{op-multi-volume} option is specified), but is
8574 stored on more than one tape or disk.
8575
8576 When you specify @value{op-multi-volume}, @command{tar} does not report an
8577 error when it comes to the end of an archive volume (when reading), or
8578 the end of the media (when writing). Instead, it prompts you to load
8579 a new storage volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you
8580 should change tapes when you see the prompt; if the archive is on a
8581 floppy disk, you should change disks; etc.
8582
8583 You can read each individual volume of a multi-volume archive as if it
8584 were an archive by itself. For example, to list the contents of one
8585 volume, use @value{op-list}, without @value{op-multi-volume} specified.
8586 To extract an archive member from one volume (assuming it is described
8587 that volume), use @value{op-extract}, again without
8588 @value{op-multi-volume}.
8589
8590 If an archive member is split across volumes (ie. its entry begins on
8591 one volume of the media and ends on another), you need to specify
8592 @value{op-multi-volume} to extract it successfully. In this case, you
8593 should load the volume where the archive member starts, and use
8594 @samp{tar --extract --multi-volume}---@command{tar} will prompt for later
8595 volumes as it needs them. @xref{extracting archives}, for more
8596 information about extracting archives.
8597
8598 @value{op-info-script} is like @value{op-multi-volume}, except that
8599 @command{tar} does not prompt you directly to change media volumes when
8600 a volume is full---instead, @command{tar} runs commands you have stored
8601 in @var{script-name}. For example, this option can be used to eject
8602 cassettes, or to broadcast messages such as @samp{Someone please come
8603 change my tape} when performing unattended backups. When @var{script-name}
8604 is done, @command{tar} will assume that the media has been changed.
8605
8606 Multi-volume archives can be modified like any other archive. To add
8607 files to a multi-volume archive, you need to only mount the last
8608 volume of the archive media (and new volumes, if needed). For all
8609 other operations, you need to use the entire archive.
8610
8611 If a multi-volume archive was labeled using @value{op-label}
8612 (@value{pxref-label}) when it was created, @command{tar} will not
8613 automatically label volumes which are added later. To label subsequent
8614 volumes, specify @value{op-label} again in conjunction with the
8615 @value{op-append}, @value{op-update} or @value{op-concatenate} operation.
8616
8617 @cindex Labeling multi-volume archives
8618 @FIXME{example}
8619
8620 @FIXME{There should be a sample program here, including an exit
8621 before end. Is the exit status even checked in tar? :-(}
8622
8623 @table @option
8624 @item --multi-volume
8625 @itemx -M
8626 Creates a multi-volume archive, when used in conjunction with
8627 @value{op-create}. To perform any other operation on a multi-volume
8628 archive, specify @value{op-multi-volume} in conjunction with that
8629 operation.
8630
8631 @item --info-script=@var{program-file}
8632 @itemx -F @var{program-file}
8633 Creates a multi-volume archive via a script. Used in conjunction with
8634 @value{op-create}.
8635 @end table
8636
8637 Beware that there is @emph{no} real standard about the proper way, for
8638 a @command{tar} archive, to span volume boundaries. If you have a
8639 multi-volume created by some vendor's @command{tar}, there is almost
8640 no chance you could read all the volumes with @GNUTAR{}.
8641 The converse is also true: you may not expect
8642 multi-volume archives created by @GNUTAR{} to be
8643 fully recovered by vendor's @command{tar}. Since there is little
8644 chance that, in mixed system configurations, some vendor's
8645 @command{tar} will work on another vendor's machine, and there is a
8646 great chance that @GNUTAR{} will work on most of
8647 them, your best bet is to install @GNUTAR{} on all
8648 machines between which you know exchange of files is possible.
8649
8650 @node Tape Files
8651 @subsection Tape Files
8652 @UNREVISED
8653
8654 To give the archive a name which will be recorded in it, use the
8655 @value{op-label} option. This will write a special block identifying
8656 @var{volume-label} as the name of the archive to the front of the archive
8657 which will be displayed when the archive is listed with @value{op-list}.
8658 If you are creating a multi-volume archive with
8659 @value{op-multi-volume}@FIXME-pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}, then the
8660 volume label will have
8661 @samp{Volume @var{nnn}} appended to the name you give, where @var{nnn} is
8662 the number of the volume of the archive. (If you use the @value{op-label}
8663 option when reading an archive, it checks to make sure the label on the
8664 tape matches the one you give. @value{xref-label}.
8665
8666 When @command{tar} writes an archive to tape, it creates a single
8667 tape file. If multiple archives are written to the same tape, one
8668 after the other, they each get written as separate tape files. When
8669 extracting, it is necessary to position the tape at the right place
8670 before running @command{tar}. To do this, use the @command{mt} command.
8671 For more information on the @command{mt} command and on the organization
8672 of tapes into a sequence of tape files, see @ref{mt}.
8673
8674 People seem to often do:
8675
8676 @smallexample
8677 @kbd{--label="@var{some-prefix} `date +@var{some-format}`"}
8678 @end smallexample
8679
8680 or such, for pushing a common date in all volumes or an archive set.
8681
8682 @node label
8683 @section Including a Label in the Archive
8684 @cindex Labeling an archive
8685 @cindex Labels on the archive media
8686 @UNREVISED
8687
8688 @cindex @option{--label} option introduced
8689 @cindex @option{-V} option introduced
8690 To avoid problems caused by misplaced paper labels on the archive
8691 media, you can include a @dfn{label} entry---an archive member which
8692 contains the name of the archive---in the archive itself. Use the
8693 @value{op-label} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create} operation
8694 to include a label entry in the archive as it is being created.
8695
8696 @table @option
8697 @item --label=@var{archive-label}
8698 @itemx -V @var{archive-label}
8699 Includes an @dfn{archive-label} at the beginning of the archive when
8700 the archive is being created, when used in conjunction with the
8701 @value{op-create} operation. Checks to make sure the archive label
8702 matches the one specified (when used in conjunction with any other
8703 operation.
8704 @end table
8705
8706 If you create an archive using both @value{op-label} and
8707 @value{op-multi-volume}, each volume of the archive will have an
8708 archive label of the form @samp{@var{archive-label} Volume @var{n}},
8709 where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the next, and so on.
8710 @FIXME-xref{Multi-Volume Archives, for information on creating multiple
8711 volume archives.}
8712
8713 @cindex Volume label, listing
8714 @cindex Listing volume label
8715 The volume label will be displayed by @option{--list} along with
8716 the file contents. If verbose display is requested, it will also be
8717 explicitely marked as in the example below:
8718
8719 @smallexample
8720 @group
8721 $ @kbd{tar --verbose --list --file=iamanarchive}
8722 V--------- 0 0 0 1992-03-07 12:01 iamalabel--Volume Header--
8723 -rw-rw-rw- ringo user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 iamafilename
8724 @end group
8725 @end smallexample
8726
8727 @cindex @option{--test-label} option introduced
8728 @anchor{--test-label option}
8729 However, @option{--list} option will cause listing entire
8730 contents of the archive, which may be undesirable (for example, if the
8731 archive is stored on a tape). You can request checking only the volume
8732 by specifying @option{--test-label} option. This option reads only the
8733 first block of an archive, so it can be used with slow storage
8734 devices. For example:
8735
8736 @smallexample
8737 @group
8738 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive}
8739 iamalabel
8740 @end group
8741 @end smallexample
8742
8743 If @option{--test-label} is used with a single command line
8744 argument, @command{tar} compares the volume label with the
8745 argument. It exits with code 0 if the two strings match, and with code
8746 2 otherwise. In this case no output is displayed. For example:
8747
8748 @smallexample
8749 @group
8750 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'iamalable'}
8751 @result{} 0
8752 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'iamalable' alabel}
8753 @result{} 1
8754 @end group
8755 @end smallexample
8756
8757 If you request any operation, other than @option{--create}, along
8758 with using @option{--label} option, @command{tar} will first check if
8759 the archive label matches the one specified and will refuse to proceed
8760 if it does not. Use this as a safety precaution to avoid accidentally
8761 overwriting existing archives. For example, if you wish to add files
8762 to @file{archive}, presumably labelled with string @samp{My volume},
8763 you will get:
8764
8765 @smallexample
8766 @group
8767 $ @kbd{tar -rf archive --label 'My volume' .}
8768 tar: Archive not labeled to match `My volume'
8769 @end group
8770 @end smallexample
8771
8772 @noindent
8773 in case its label does not match. This will work even if
8774 @file{archive} is not labelled at all.
8775
8776 Similarly, @command{tar} will refuse to list or extract the
8777 archive if its label doesn't match the @var{archive-label}
8778 specified. In those cases, @var{archive-label} argument is interpreted
8779 as a globbing-style pattern which must match the actual magnetic
8780 volume label. @xref{exclude}, for a precise description of how match
8781 is attempted@footnote{Previous versions of @command{tar} used full
8782 regular expression matching, or before that, only exact string
8783 matching, instead of wildcard matchers. We decided for the sake of
8784 simplicity to use a uniform matching device through
8785 @command{tar}.}. If the switch @value{op-multi-volume} is being used,
8786 the volume label matcher will also suffix @var{archive-label} by
8787 @w{@samp{ Volume [1-9]*}} if the initial match fails, before giving
8788 up. Since the volume numbering is automatically added in labels at
8789 creation time, it sounded logical to equally help the user taking care
8790 of it when the archive is being read.
8791
8792 The @value{op-label} was once called @option{--volume}, but is not available
8793 under that name anymore.
8794
8795 You can also use @option{--label} to get a common information on
8796 all tapes of a series. For having this information different in each
8797 series created through a single script used on a regular basis, just
8798 manage to get some date string as part of the label. For example:
8799
8800 @smallexample
8801 @group
8802 $ @kbd{tar cfMV /dev/tape "Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
8803 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=/dev/tape --multi-volume \
8804 --volume="Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
8805 @end group
8806 @end smallexample
8807
8808 Also note that each label has its own date and time, which corresponds
8809 to when @GNUTAR{} initially attempted to write it,
8810 often soon after the operator launches @command{tar} or types the
8811 carriage return telling that the next tape is ready. Comparing date
8812 labels does give an idea of tape throughput only if the delays for
8813 rewinding tapes and the operator switching them were negligible, which
8814 is usually not the case.
8815
8816 @node verify
8817 @section Verifying Data as It is Stored
8818 @cindex Verifying a write operation
8819 @cindex Double-checking a write operation
8820
8821 @table @option
8822 @item -W
8823 @itemx --verify
8824 Attempt to verify the archive after writing.
8825 @end table
8826
8827 This option causes @command{tar} to verify the archive after writing it.
8828 Each volume is checked after it is written, and any discrepancies
8829 are recorded on the standard error output.
8830
8831 Verification requires that the archive be on a back-space-able medium.
8832 This means pipes, some cartridge tape drives, and some other devices
8833 cannot be verified.
8834
8835 You can insure the accuracy of an archive by comparing files in the
8836 system with archive members. @command{tar} can compare an archive to the
8837 file system as the archive is being written, to verify a write
8838 operation, or can compare a previously written archive, to insure that
8839 it is up to date.
8840
8841 To check for discrepancies in an archive immediately after it is
8842 written, use the @value{op-verify} option in conjunction with
8843 the @value{op-create} operation. When this option is
8844 specified, @command{tar} checks archive members against their counterparts
8845 in the file system, and reports discrepancies on the standard error.
8846
8847 To verify an archive, you must be able to read it from before the end
8848 of the last written entry. This option is useful for detecting data
8849 errors on some tapes. Archives written to pipes, some cartridge tape
8850 drives, and some other devices cannot be verified.
8851
8852 One can explicitly compare an already made archive with the file system
8853 by using the @value{op-compare} option, instead of using the more automatic
8854 @value{op-verify} option. @value{xref-compare}.
8855
8856 Note that these two options have a slightly different intent. The
8857 @value{op-compare} option how identical are the logical contents of some
8858 archive with what is on your disks, while the @value{op-verify} option is
8859 really for checking if the physical contents agree and if the recording
8860 media itself is of dependable quality. So, for the @value{op-verify}
8861 operation, @command{tar} tries to defeat all in-memory cache pertaining to
8862 the archive, while it lets the speed optimization undisturbed for the
8863 @value{op-compare} option. If you nevertheless use @value{op-compare} for
8864 media verification, you may have to defeat the in-memory cache yourself,
8865 maybe by opening and reclosing the door latch of your recording unit,
8866 forcing some doubt in your operating system about the fact this is really
8867 the same volume as the one just written or read.
8868
8869 The @value{op-verify} option would not be necessary if drivers were indeed
8870 able to detect dependably all write failures. This sometimes require many
8871 magnetic heads, some able to read after the writes occurred. One would
8872 not say that drivers unable to detect all cases are necessarily flawed,
8873 as long as programming is concerned.
8874
8875 The @value{op-verify} option will not work in conjunction with the
8876 @value{op-multi-volume} option or the @value{op-append},
8877 @value{op-update} and @value{op-delete} operations. @xref{Operations},
8878 for more information on these operations.
8879
8880 Also, since @command{tar} normally strips leading @samp{/} from file
8881 names (@pxref{absolute}), a command like @samp{tar --verify -cf
8882 /tmp/foo.tar /etc} will work as desired only if the working directory is
8883 @file{/}, as @command{tar} uses the archive's relative member names
8884 (e.g., @file{etc/motd}) when verifying the archive.
8885
8886 @node Write Protection
8887 @section Write Protection
8888
8889 Almost all tapes and diskettes, and in a few rare cases, even disks can
8890 be @dfn{write protected}, to protect data on them from being changed.
8891 Once an archive is written, you should write protect the media to prevent
8892 the archive from being accidentally overwritten or deleted. (This will
8893 protect the archive from being changed with a tape or floppy drive---it
8894 will not protect it from magnet fields or other physical hazards).
8895
8896 The write protection device itself is usually an integral part of the
8897 physical media, and can be a two position (write enabled/write
8898 disabled) switch, a notch which can be popped out or covered, a ring
8899 which can be removed from the center of a tape reel, or some other
8900 changeable feature.
8901
8902 @node Free Software Needs Free Documentation
8903 @appendix Free Software Needs Free Documentation
8904 @include freemanuals.texi
8905
8906 @node Genfile
8907 @appendix Genfile
8908 @include genfile.texi
8909
8910 @node Snapshot Files
8911 @appendix Format of the Incremental Snapshot Files
8912 @include snapshot.texi
8913
8914 @node Copying This Manual
8915 @appendix Copying This Manual
8916
8917 @menu
8918 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
8919 @end menu
8920
8921 @include fdl.texi
8922
8923 @node Index
8924 @appendix Index
8925
8926 @printindex cp
8927
8928 @summarycontents
8929 @contents
8930 @bye
8931
8932 @c Local variables:
8933 @c texinfo-column-for-description: 32
8934 @c End:
This page took 0.421715 seconds and 3 git commands to generate.